Flash(ceil) 6d8(8+5+6+8+7+2)+12=48 Monday May 17th, 2004 2:19:06 PM
A warhorse grazes near by, he's is smokey in color, having a big white spot with what look like a lighting bolt on his for head, the horse has a white main and tail. He is not too far from his master, you can tell that he's a paladin's mount from the chain mail, covered with a Holy Blanket (With a Sun on the back sides)and a milatary saddle. He look up at you then returns to grazing.
Justin Webber (DM) Beginning Monday May 17th, 2004 2:26:36 PM
(OOC:I didn't delete Jay's first post off of the board. I'm sorry about that and this is the true first post for the game. I will comment here that I had planned each character to be in the Shinning City of Har Dell for some reason so I hope you all can work with that.)
The large city of Har Dell welcomed you from your long travels. Some of you had lived in the city or been here a few times and others this would be the first time in the city walls. The city was and is like people had spoke about though. The brick streets were well kept and cleaned and the buildings which were made mostly of wood of various types looked well taken care of. The city however today was strangely quiet and you had heard from a few guards on patrol that Beowulf was holding a speech in the large courtyard near his home.
You reach the courtyard just in time to cetch most of Beowulf's speech and see the people around you react to the news. Most of you had just arrived and caught it. Beowulf had left back to his home in the city and left the people to chat to themselves about what would happen. Some seem not to worried as they went back to work and others to shopping. Others of the large mass of people talked about who would step foreward now, some were angry that Beowulf would not and wondered if he had forsaken them.
After many moments the people finally go about their own buisness as rumors are brought out by the guards that anyone seeking to help in this time of trouble should go meet with Beowulf.
Mykell Zweihand Monday May 17th, 2004 11:21:36 PM
Mykell had lived and trained in the elven city most of his life except the last few years that he had spent wondering the land to find his place. Many times his mind dwelled on his past and he often wondered what his family was really like. It was so many years ago when the caravan he had traveled with and his parents traveled with also was attacked. He was only 5 at the time and his parents yelled for him to run to the elven woods. He had did that and was caught by elven rangers that after some time took him back to where the caravan was last at. The area though only contained a couple broken wagons and blood here and there. Who ever was killed was moved or something but he nor the elves knew how or where.
Mykell looked at the city before him, this being the next place in his search for answers. Money was getting tight and he would need a job soon. What he heard when he entered the city inspired some hope. If Beowulf was looking for people to help fight the evil bothering this land then maybe he can earn some traveling money and Beowulf being as old and knowledgable of this land might of heard something of the caravan attack.
With that in mind Mykell heads to Beowulf's place, ignoreing the peoples talks of whats going on or any strange looks. As he walks Mykell checks the greatsword sheathed on his back in reach with the handle sticking up over his shoulder, even under the gray cloak and also checks the longsword at his waist to make sure each is easy to pull if needed at any moment. Mykell's outfit is of total gray and with the hood up he looks almost like everyone else except the fact that he is taller then most adverage humans.
Tyal Tuesday May 18th, 2004 12:11:55 AM
Tyal surpresses his need to yawn for the millionth time and shakes his head as the crowd mutters and sputters. It would never change and he knew it...the people always would look to someone else to help them and never help themselves. "Bloodie...." The last of his words are drowned out in the crowd as he moves along now.
The gray cloak is pulled tight around him and none of his features can be seen. He moves silently through the crowd seeming to make no noise or touch anyone as he passes.
As he moves through the city his mind keeps coming back to the one word that Beowulf had spoken that drew anger to him....DEMONS. Yes he would agree to lend a hand to this cause, but his price would not be cheap...well not that cheap anyways. To fight his hated foe he would do much, but he had expenses to pay...he needed money to do that. Slipping up to a guard before he even had noticed him he speaks out of his hood. "Where might I find Beowulf's abode?" It is almost a whisper as he speaks as if he is uncomfortable with conversation.
Sir Henri Tuesday May 18th, 2004 2:15:13 AM
The paladen enters the City, "Ahh! It is good to be Home again." As he rides down the familer streets of his childhood, "Look over there there's the red hair girl. Prince Loen and I use to tease, I wonder if she ever forgave us?" He waves to her, but it seems she was in a hurry to go home, he smiles "Well I guess not!". Thats when he notices ths the streets were almost empty of people. The tall good looking young Knight with green eyes advances to where a crows is mumbling, something 'evil', 'Beowulf is calling for help' and 'something has to be done'. But it was not until He heard the name of Beowulf the great fighter. Then he knew that he had to see his old friend, and knew where the old fighter lived. "Come Flash! let's go and pay an old friend a visit." So instead of going to the Temple of the Sun to see his parents, he rides to the House of Beowulf. Hopeing that he can help with his blood and his sword. He approches the gate of his old friend Estate, Smiles at the guards asking to see Beowulf "Tell him that Henri son of his old Cleric of Palor, here to save his sole."
Hart (Wood Wose, 6 hours) Tuesday May 18th, 2004 3:18:00 AM
Possibly the most out of place he could feel, the wandering satyr moves and darts, dodging the crowds and wondering, 'Why would ANYONE live in such a crowded and smelly place willingly, surrounded by so many dead tree houses?'
Occassionally, without concern, the satyr pokes people who are in his way, (those that aren't moving fast enough), with his black staff.
Eventually, he sits down on a bench(or whatever, step, curb etc.)and listens to the man that is speaking. An owl swoops down silently and perches atop the staff the fey is holding.
This Beowulf was famous, even in forests and plains. The satyr listens and wonders. Work could be an interesting experience, however, being a nomad, it never really became necessary to find work or settle down. Life was too short. How could he possibly help this man?
Gold, which the humans and elves and many others prize more than life is confusing, is necessary often times getting a room when passing through cities. Though his funds weren't currently short.
As the crowd disperses, the satyr remains sitting, watching the people around him. He notes several individuals seemly curious about Beowulf's speech. The satyr stands, the owl ruffles its feathers and jumps off the staff to take flight, Hart moves toward the group gathering around the guards. He's unaccustomed to the traditions and regular activities of the humans and elves.
He listens to rumors, taking in everything.
A Spirit of nature, tiny and translucent green, sits on the satyr's shoulder (preCast Wood Wose, using rod, lasts 6 hours). The two converse in Sylvan back and forth, as he waits.
Aelanthir Willowholm Tuesday May 18th, 2004 6:48:44 AM
Entering the city Aelanthir walks along looking around and listening to any rumors that the people are chatting about. Aelanthir moves his right arm up and out from his body slightly. A moment later a larger than normal owl lands on his right shoulder.
After the owl has settled Aelanthir heads off towards the residence of Beowolf. As Aelanthir approaches Beowolf's home Aelanthir tells the owl "Kuari, wait for me up there on the roof and leave the other birds alone. We will find you something to eat later." Aelanthir will then walk up and knock on the door to Beowolf's residence.
Kashmari Willowholm Tuesday May 18th, 2004 7:51:05 AM
Kashmari was browsing the spice vendors' shops when Aelanthir disappears from sight briefly. She puts down the cinnamon bark she was examining and quickly walks in the direction that he was last seen at.
As she looks for her elder brother in the crowd she hears the people talking about Beowulf and how he has implored the people to take up arms against some new peril. Under her breath she says, "that's where he went. It sounds like just his thing. Volunteering for any duties he can! Anything to make a profit..."
Kashmari studies the nearby large buildings until she spots what she thinks is Beowulf's residence. She heads in that direction at a jog, weaving her way through the crowds.
When she catches up tp Aelanthir (after Kuari has flown off) she cuffs him on the back of the head. "I swear you should have been a merc! You keep your hands in your own pockets, I don't want to have to bribe any guards to get you out of the city dungeons."
Hart Tuesday May 18th, 2004 8:37:52 AM
The satyr looks at the bizarre actions of the elven female. Hitting the man on the head? Bribing guards... I was right, money does mean everything to these folks. Why? What's it's allure?!
He removes a gold for his pouch, looks at it, then places it firmly back. Shrugging, realizing the coins make these folks crazy, the satyr quickly removes the pouch from his outer garment and hands it to the green creature on his shoulder.
Speaking in Sylvan, "Siogai, duine a chur sa chead, Buile an oir." (Roughly translated, 'These folks are crazy for gold, place it in teh bag!')
The green spirit snags up the pouch and crawls, holding a small string(so it can find its way out), into the backpack, rummages around, returning moments later. It smiles widely to the satyr and pats him on a horn, then dangles there on the horn for a minute. He satyr seems to be irritated with it but lets it do it's thing, knowing it'll stop momentarily.
Eiras Tuesday May 18th, 2004 11:43:30 AM
Eiras enters town on foot, slipping by the guards unnoticed. He moves amongst the crowd avoiding direct contact with anyone.
His large variegated poncho and hood conceals his form and equipment. Where shafts of sunlight shine directly into the deep hood, a dark scarf or turban can be seen concealing his face. Gloves cover his hands which hold an ornately carved black and green hornwood bow.
He is clearly a bowman of some sort. The only other equipment visible are two sturdy, covered leather quivers across his back. His slight, lithe frame suggests an elven ancestry but because of the scarves and hood, it is impossible to confirm.
He stops next to a peddler or tinkerer selling trinkets along the road. To those within earshot, a voice that sounds rusty from disuse asks, "Please pardon. Beowulfs abode, where does it lie?" In conjuction with his question, Eiras' hand points out towards the city in punctuation.
Fern Tuesday May 18th, 2004 2:15:19 PM
A young woman is browsing the stalls in the market when the anouncement is made. She is has long brown hair braided and pulled up and is wearing brown clothes, a sword, and a bow and quiver. A large owl is sitting on the saddle of a horse who's reins she holds.
If those monsters arent stopped who knows what will happen."Come Huur, lets go find out what we can do." She gets on the horse and rides towards the castle as the owl keeps watch overhead.
ooc: hart what's your owl's name? I think that to continue the mercedes lackey theme it should be Hweel. :)
Justin do you want fern to already have the eagle or to buy it in character?
Namfoodle the Magnificent and Amazing d20+10=21 Tuesday May 18th, 2004 2:45:22 PM
In the crowd there is a gnome,in such large crowd it should not be easy to spot a gnome but this gnome stands out, he is garbed in robes of the brightest reds,greens,and yellows. He appears to be young but not too young to have a well oiled goatee. His features are most striking and he is quite the handsome chap. In his eyes there is a mischevious glint,and it appears that the smile on his face,is a permanent fixture.
Listening to the speech of Beowulf,the small gnome finally sees the answer to his problem,"That is what Namfoodle shall do. Namfoodle will go talk with this human,and he shal save the world and all shall be witness to the greatness that is Namfoodle." His voice a deep baritone,and his words smooth as honey.
Now content he marches off to find the abode of Beowulf,"Oh the tales of Namfoodle that will be etched into the histories for all eternity,ah yes Namfoodle has found his true calling." Meeting the stares he recives from those near enough to tell he is talking to himself with a slow exaggerated wink and his most winning smile.
He pulls out his lyre and begins to play a merry little ditty,"Ah..now that Namfoodle has some traveling music,Namfoodle shall travel."
Justin Webber (DM) Meeting with Beowulf Tuesday May 18th, 2004 6:56:52 PM
For those who stopped and asked the way to Beowulf's place is pointed out or explained in detail.
After alittle bit of weaving through the streets each person finds themselves infront of a large palace looking house. A polished steel fence surrounds the place and you can see an guard here and there around the place. The guards do not stop any of you as you make your way up to the front door which looks to be made of a solid darkwood (spot:15) and you will notice very well hidden iron bands on the door that help strengthen it.
The door is opened by a rather thin looking man wearing a complete black outfit of a servant. The man's face looks literally like skin stretched over the skull and his hands look the same also. The man's sharp oddly gray eyes look over each person carefully before he speaks, "Yes, you all must be here do to my Master's speech he gave. You all must be hoping to become the hero's of tomorrow. Please come in and I will go tell Master Beowulf that you are here."
The servants steps to the side, holding the door for each person to enter before shutting it and walking down a long hallway and through a door, leaving you all in the entrance hall of the palace.
The entrance hall is rather large and padded chairs line one wall. The chairs are surprisingly made of dark wood also and on the walls are tapestries of various hunts (animals), scenery and other landscapes. (Anyone who does a spot check:12 will notice behind a plant in one corner is a small hand crossbow that has been rigged to the wall and hidden. The hand crossbow is loaded. Also two corners in the room near the ceiling is just the tip of a wand sticking out. Clearly the room was rigged just incase it was attacked.)
(OOC:Jay, your spells are okay and they are also okay in the city. I'll allow the spell to summon the same creature each time also. Loretta, you will have to go through the process of buying the giant eagle chick and getting a giant eagle trainer in game.)
Hart Tuesday May 18th, 2004 10:53:26 PM
The satyr steps through the doors, his cloak flaps as the breeze that exits the large building. The owl flutters into the building just behind the satyr and lands softly on the staff. (the mininum Spot I could roll is 22)
Hart looks around, seeing the tapestries, art work, furniture... made of dead wood, crystals with lights in them and the weaponry and magic protections. The Spirit that sits on the satyr's shoulder, weeps quietly as they move deeper inside, it stares in horror as, one by one, the pieces of furniture get more ornate and the nature of the wood is hidden under the decoration and cloth. The Three, all out of place, all feel very nervous, as the trio looks at one picture. The satyr gets very upset at what he sees. The hunt of innocent and scared animals.
Speaking in common, quite loudly, voice echoing in teh chamber, "Ut ees doubtful tat tus man paid ta corrrect trrubute to Nature as he trrroompled uver her while atoop his beast." The voice almost hisses forth fromteh satyr, like such venom off the serpent fang. "Whot ees trruly ebil een tus worrld? Ta demons or ta debils who hoont deem?"
The Spirit wails loudly, as if in pain.
Erias d20+10=26 d20+10=16 d20+7=20 d20+7=26 d20+7=16 d20+7=18 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 12:46:30 AM
Erias enters the Hall of Beowulf, stepping lightly around the upset satyr.
He stops to study the room and the layout. He notices the hand crossbow {Spot:26} and the two wand tips {Spot:16 & Spot:20 or 23-oops}.
He moves over to the hand crossbow, rearranges the plant into the crossbows direct line of fire and deftly plucks the bolt from the hand crossbow (Disarm Device:26)
He then moves over to the wand tips, stepping off the lines of trajectory for the wands.
Finally the hooded and cloaked figure moves near the Satyr. "Fey, mourn not for these dead things nor their depictions. This is the world of mortals and mortals kill each other. It is a cycle often repeated with tragic results. But is that not also nature, the killing of things? There are some animals that make sport of the hunt although probably none as well as mortals."
Without waiting for a response, Erias moves to a wall just outside the entrance to the hall and then he leans against the wall waiting for Beowulf.
Sir Henri d20=19 d20=17 d20+3=21 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 1:33:50 AM
The Paladin notices the reenforce entrance door(19spot), 'Hmmm! he must be expecting some kind of trouble??' but follows the servant in silence. He looks around the hall again, he spots the cross bow and the wands in the ceilling. Standing near the Satyr, "this is not the Old Friend that I knew growing up??". When this Satyr get very verbal about the things in the room, He uses his charming soothing voice of his, "This is not the Friend Beowulf I know. Some thing wrong, very wrong. He seem to troust nobody, even among his own people??. Take heart Friend Satyr, this maybe a test on us all??"
OOC: Spot 19 and 17 - Using his Charm 21.
Hart, the Spirit and Loran the owl d20+13=26 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 5:26:09 AM
The Trio stands listening to the excuses given by these city dwellers and archer.
(Will save versus Henri's charm, will 26) As Henri addresses Hart, the satyr looks at him with a confused look. "Metal Coovered One, do nut impoose yoursef un me as your frreend! You do nut know me. Nor do I weesh to conveerse weeth you, cooreently." The satyr huffs at the metal scaled one and turns to wait for Beowulf.
The Spirit hops off the satyr's shoulder, places it's hands behind its back and paces around tne paladin as if sizing him up. Spirit taps on the armor. Then suddenly is back on the satyr's backpack, peeking out from behind the satyr's horns. It smiles.
The owl, who has been quiet up to this point, takes off from the staff and lands in the rafters (chandelier or ceiling mounts), then begins its soft hooting. It seems the owl doesn't mind the facilities at all.
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday May 19th, 2004 1:00:55 PM
Mykell walks in with the others, taken back by th appearance of the servant but shrugging it off. He watches the people that have entered also and leans his head to the side as he watches the Satyr. Mykell thinks of the half-plate he wears and he turns to look at the tapestries.
As he looks at the one the Satyr was looking at he comments to himself, "I've seen many hunts go against the hunter in the elven forest." Mykell shrugs to himself, he may be nothing more then a mercenary but he was trained in the elven forest and city since he was found there.
Namfoodle the Magnificent and Amazing d20+7=20 d20+7=23 d20+5=13 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 1:56:36 PM
The observant Gnome sees but pays no attention to the iron bars on the door,although the hand crossbows earn his interest,at least until Erias begins dismantling everything.(Spot 20 Spot 23)
"That reminds Namfoodle of something the great mother used to say."His deep voice is very smooth."When you stick your hand in a badger hole,don't expect all your fingers to be there afterwards." As he looks at his hand and mutters a couple words under his breath,then very slowly two of his fingers appear to have been bitten off. With a look of terror on his face he snaps the fingers of his other hand and they are back in place. (Prestidigitation)
Tyal Wednesday May 19th, 2004 2:01:31 PM
Tyal thanks the guard and heads in the direction that he indicated. The place was not that hard to find after all and he finds himself in front of the place with several others.
He hangs back as the others mill around and then enters last when they are invited in. His sharp eyes take in the room but he does not pay much attention to most of the stuff around him. "To live in such decadence is to grow soft." He mutters under his breath and then moves to lean against the wall. His eyes appraise the others that are present and he silently tries to decide who he could trust.
Several look possible but they would not get close enough to make friends that is for sure. The paladin could be useful, but he was not overly fond of thier type...too stuffy. He shifts his pack to his other hand and then lays it gently on the floor. For a second you can glimpse a breastplate and a morningstar from under the full length cloak, then it is gone. He has of yet not removed his hood and it is pulled low over his face anyways.
Aelanthir d20+13=21 d20+13=30 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 4:23:27 PM
Aelanthir looks at Kashmari after she hit him on the back of the head and says "we need the money to feed us and keep us looking somewhat respectable. I can always use additional books or knives." Aelanthir will walk into Beowolf's home when he is invited in. Looking around Aelanthir nods his approval when he notices the hand crossbow and the 2 wands. Aelanthir will find a spot so that he can watch everyone else and the exits.
**** spot: 21 & 30 ****
Kashmari d20+4=13 d20+4=21 d20+26=38 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 5:20:15 PM
"True, true. However honing your skills in that house might just not be prudent." Kashmari follows her brother through the door; which she didn't notice anything interesting about. She does see all of the defenses hidden in the hallway though. "A little paranoid isn't he?", she whispers lowly to Aelanthir as she motions discreetly towards the hidden devices.
Kashmari looks at the tapestries as she passes them and wonders if he has them hanging up because friends and citizens gave them to him as gifts? If he actually likes them then his taste in home decor leaves a lot to be desired!
Remaining neutral she completely ignores the satyr's distress over dead wood and tasteless tapestries. She watches the interaction between the others and has to concentrate not to laugh at their "antics". The gnome's little tricks and comments are particularly amusing to her.
When they arrive where ever the overly thin servant is leading them she looks for something to sit on while waiting. Kashmari will find a seat somewhere near Aelanthir.
(Spot (darkwood door) 13, Spot (hidden defense devices) 21, Concentration (to keep from laughing out loud) 38)
Fern d20+5=20 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 5:58:36 PM
Fern arrives and quietly enters the room, noticing as she does the bars and weapons. Huur flies up to the rafters and starts talking to the other owls. "I'm Huur, what's your name" She asks in owl.
Fern carefully moves so that she's out of the way from any of the weapons and with her back to the wall. Then quietly waits.
Justin Webber (DM) Meeting With Beowulf Wednesday May 19th, 2004 7:46:28 PM
The servant reappears after many moments and looks at you all once more while keeping his quite serious look on his face. From the looks the servant doesn't smile much and he speaks slowly after a moment, "Follow me sirs and ladies." The servant before turning claps his hands once and the wand tips slowly pull into the wall fully and you hear some type of device go off behind the plant where the crossbow was, much like a door shutting.
The servant walks along, leading you through a door a long hall way. Compared to the first room the hall way is bare. Not one stitch of anything in it. The guard stops at a single door that looks to be made of metal and the servant taps on it once before opening it. When the door is fully opened you can see that the door is solid metal and clearly magical or the servant has incredible strength.
The servant allows you all to enter where you see a single man sitting in a chair at the end of a long table that has a cloth covering over it. The cloth is pure white and food and drink lays on the table. Most of the food being fruits, etc. The man sitting at the head of the table is of adverage height from the looks and even looks of adverage build. The man has blondish white hair and he wears dark colored leather armor. He has no weapons that you can see and his black eyes watch you with intrest as the servant speaks, "Master Beowulf, your guests."
Beuwulf smiles and motions to the table, "Please join me, I would like to hear your tales and see why you are interested in helping the world." Beowulf waves to the servant who shuts the door after everyone enters and stands to the side. In the room there are two large windows off to the side of the table, giving a good view of part of the city. Also a couple paintings hang on the wall, the paintings beowulf smiles about and motions to the Satyr, "Not all aniamls are game either."
In the first picture a unicorn is fighting a demon. In fact as you watch it you see it charge at the demon and stabbing at the demon with it's horn as the demon defends itself. In the end though the unicorn rams it's horn through the demon, killing it. The picture seems to reset again after the death of the demon and continues to play this image.
The second picture is of a large tiger being hunted by a pair of men on horse back. You watch as the tiger uses it's home and in the end kills the two hunters with it's claws and teeth.
Beowulf then looks to Erias, "You seemed rather interested in my protection in the entrance hall. I know those skills will be most usefull in things to come for you all."
Beowulf lastly turns his attention to Kashmari, "Paranoid no, very very careful. A few weeks ago some demons attacked the city and we missed a couple who altered their appearance to look like humans. They came here and they died here."
The servant moves a hand to his mouth and coughs lightly after Beowulf last talks. Beowulf grins and smiles, "Yes, relax. Drink and eat some and tell me of yourselves now please."
Eiras d20+10=28 Wednesday May 19th, 2004 9:35:26 PM
Eiras' notes the wands withdrawing and the click of the crossbow door closing, nodding his head slightly.
If possible, he will be near at the front of the group scrutinizing the 'dining room' for more hidden features. {Spot:28}
When Eiras' notices the unicorn fighting the demon, he stops and moves close to the picture, near the demon. His hands flex into fists slowly with great deliberation, twice creaking inside the leather gloves.
After Beowulf finishes speaking and invites the group to tell their tale, Eiras turns away from the painting with great reluctance.
With great care, he leans his bow against the wall next to the painting. He pulls back his hood and loosens the darkly colored scarves from his face. His hair remains concealed under the scarves.
Eiras is indeed an elf - a pale white elf, his skin almost milky in complexion. His eyes blaze in the candlelight a fiery dark violet and he makes eye contact with those who he speaks with.
He raises his hands, palms up and says, "I am Eiras Dimsarnion, once a Forester of the Limiral. I tracked and stalked those who the elven people deemed enemies. Now I hunt those." Eiras points to the demon in the picture. He continues, "I am also a skilled archer. After hearing the reports of the creatures emerging from the Great Shadow Boundary, I came in search of answers as to how it might be stopped."
Eiras stops, clearly unused to speaking so much. Although his face gives away little emotion, it is easy to see his own surprise at the number of words he spoke. He steps back next to his bow and sits in a nearby chair along the wall, watching the others.
Satyr, Spirit and Loran the Wise Thursday May 20th, 2004 4:06:03 AM
Hart, who has yet to introduce himself, takes note of the food and sits, staring at the man called Beowulf. His dark eyes are unemotional and seem to bore into the man. All of his gear, whether the servants like it or not, come to the table with the faun. He leans the staff against the table, hangs the pack on the back of the chair and puts his hooves up on the table. His pan pipes hang in his lap as he eats. He gets the most expensive and elegant wine and eats mostly vegetables, fruits and nuts... and a wheat roll, which he picks apart and dips into wine. He shuns any meats, besides fish, that are offered to him. If the fish is cooked, he moans and gripes, but eats it anyway. It is obvious, that for some reason or another, the satyr checks the food and drinks, each time he starts a new course. What he's checking for remains unclear (Uses his natural senses to determine whether the food is poisoned, exotic or just plain nasty to eat. If something smells wrong, he simply won't eat it). After the meal, the satyr goes to his pack, removes a bundle of vegetation wrapped in paper and removes a single delicate, white flower peddle, roughly the size of a halflings hand, and rolls it into a tube. Soon, he's nibbling on it slowly, savouring the flavor. This is apparently dessert.
The Spirit sits nearby the satyr, on the corner of the table. It leans over, tapping on the wood surface, speaking to it, not recieving an answer. It wails again, runs up the satyrs legs and hops back to his shoulder perch. Eventually, the Spirit jumps onto the table and grabs a piece of fruit and retreats back the shoulder.
The owl, most accustomed and calm at the situation, seems to enjoy harrassing the servants with a playful 'swoop' at what they are serving. He never makes contact with the tray or the servant. It seems content watching the feast, rather than participating.
The strange Trio seem to have made themselves easily at home, despite the satyr's earlier comments.
After the dessert is done, the fey seems happy, though, still little emotion, besides the surlyness remains. He is now comfortable with answering the man. Though, unsure about the others. He answers Beowulf's inquiry about. He addresses Beowulf. "I lib een thees world. Exeesting freely need be my ony reesoon to heelp."
Sir Henri Thursday May 20th, 2004 10:18:30 AM
Sir Henri sit down at the table, pulls his gloves off and he eat a light meal meal of vegies and fruit (he really likes his fruits). He listens to the others tales about themselves, storing the information away in his mind, he chuckel at the antic of the Satyr, but also see the value in him, as with all the others. After the meal, Henri sits back in his chair, there was a silence in the conversation, so he turns and looks at the man at the head of the table, asking "You may not remember me, but I'm the son of the hight Cleric of the temple of the Sun, I'm Sir Henri Royal Paladin of Wardell and of the Sun God Palor. The King Edmond is my Uncle, and Prince Leon is my favorit Cousin. (here he smiles a little as he remembers) I once did a good deed and saved Leon life from an Assasin's knife. I would have done that deed even if the king had not reward me. But the king requested that I was to start as a page at the castle. You visited the King there once or twice. I remember because I held your sword for safe keepings on your visits. Well many years of training later The king Knighted me. I have been romming around the land, and doing the duty of the king. After a long time away from home, I though I would come back and see my parents before I see the King for my next quest. When I heared you needed some new Heroes for a Quest. Well I don't know if I'm a hero, but looking at your intresting paintings on the walls, now I am really intrested in this quest of yours, Master Beowulf." The Paladin give him his best smile.
Tyal Thursday May 20th, 2004 11:32:27 AM
Tyal looks to the others as they are lead on to meet this Beowulf. He notes thier strides, picking out those that are fighters from those that have other talents. He smiles under his hood as he shakes his head, a good diverse group it would seem.
Once inside the main hall he looks over the man seated at the table with some curiousity and maybe a little respect. This man killed demons for a living, well not really a living...more of a calling. When offered he takes a seat at the table and tosses back his hood finally. His white hair is cut military short and his eyes seem to take in everything before him. You can now tell that his skin is a golden color.
He eats lightly of the simple fair that is put out before them. Mostly sticking to bread, vegetables, fruit and cheese; though he does not pass up the opportunity for fish. He listens to the others as they tell thier stories but he does not seem to be too interested, but he is filing away the information. With the oncoming of silence he sighs lightly and speaks. "I come from the far north to offer my help. My reasons for wanting this I cannot tell you...lets just say it is a matter of desire and vengeance." He lets it drop with that as he takes a drink from a glass of water.
Mykell Zweihand Thursday May 20th, 2004 1:36:22 PM
Mykell walks with the others, mainly keeping quiet as he thinks things through more. When they are let into the room with Beowulf, Mykell looks over the paintings and then sits down, taking a small sip of the wine present at the table and the begins chewing on alittle of the fruit.
When Mykell notices the silence and notices it's his turn to speak he comments mainly, "I was trained in the elven forests near here since the caravan my family was traveling in was attacked. Since then I have been wondering around mostly as a mercenary. If the demons threaten the place I called home so many years (the elven forest) then I will gladly fight."
Fern Thursday May 20th, 2004 3:48:17 PM
Fern helps herself to some vegies, lots of fruit, bread, cheese, and a little meat. She does refuse the wine or any alcohol and drinks tea, milk, or water.
"My name is Fern. I'm an orphan and spend most of my time wandering the woods killing the monsters that dwell there before they can attack the towns. With more monsters apperaring I decided it would be best to go straight to the source and stop it for good."
Aelanthir Thursday May 20th, 2004 5:46:18 PM
Aelanthir listens to the others while havein gsome fruit to eat and some wine to drink. After eating and relaxing abit Aelanthir looks to Beowolf then says "I am willing to try to stop the monsters that have been attacking as if they are not stopped may come to harm somebody close to me. I will protect my family by stopping the monsters if at all possible. If I happen to find some payment along the way to offset my expenses or acquire some additional arcane knowlege I will be content. As for my sister Kashmari I cannot say what her reasons are."
Aelanthir will sit back in a chair and continue to sip on a glass of wine while the others talk.
Kashmari Thursday May 20th, 2004 6:26:07 PM
Kashmari finished her little meal of various foodstuffs and a goblet of wine rather quickly. She ponders how Beowulf knew about what she had whispered so low to her brother in the hall. "All those defenses and spies with remarkably keen hearing in your entrance hall, sounds like the hallmark of early paranoia to me," She shrugs before getting around to mentioning her 'motives' for coming here. Kashmari does grin after Aelanthir's little speech. "Consider it practice. Payment always helps." Her reasons are basically rather simple and mercenary. "Besides someone has to keep him out of constant trouble!" Kashmari jibes to her brother. Notably she doesn't mention anything about saving the people or getting her name mentioned in any tales. She prefers to remain relatively neutral, and not let sentiment get in the way of anything. Kashmari reclines in her chair slowly eating grapes and sipping at the rest of her wine while waiting for the next person to speak. She is certain that she can afford to be less like a courtier now since Beowulf will be an employer and people weren't exactly breaking his door down to volunteer for this duty.
Justin Webber (DM) Beowulf Talks Thursday May 20th, 2004 9:17:51 PM
The food and drink is not poisoned which the stayr is happy to note as he drinks and eat.
Beowulf listens to what is said carefulyl before nodding and speaking, "Well, all of you have a good reason to want to help so I will agree to help out as much as possible." Beowulf glances to the servant a moment before continueing, "I wish each of you to head out to the Shadow Boundary first. We do not know what lies within it and you all seem capable enough of finding out some info for me."
Beowulf waves over his servant, "My servant here has did some scrying, we have found out only recently only demonic magic or magic tainted with demon energy can penatrate the shadows of the boundary. Servain here will give you as much detail as he has been able to show me." Beowulf looks to Servain's and whispers, "Melt it and show them."
Servain nods and closes his eyes, soon the clothing he wears except a loose fitting pair of cloth pants vanishes and the skin you once seen is replaced by what look part human on the left side but on the right is a oily looking black skin. the skin is slightly scaly looking and long pointed nails tip each finger of his right hand. The mans face is also effected by something, this skin twisted looking and the right eye glows red and almost demon like.
Servain looks to each person and closes his eyes as he produces a small blue flame in his right hand, slowly a image inside the flame shifts and swirls to show a large forest that looks tainted, some of the trees even growing twisted, "This is the inside of the Shadow Boundary. Something evil, very very powerful lies north in the forest. What we seek info wise must lay there. I will try to press farther once more." As Servain strains you see sweat form on his forhead, the strain he is exerting must be taking it's toll. The image begins to shift and you almost get a full look at a shadowed building, the shape not being able to be made out nor anything else before a large fiery hand appears around the blue seeing flame of Servain's and squashes it.
Beowulf seeing possible concerns raises one hand and speaks gently, "Servain is a acolyte of the skin. He uses the demon knowledge from the skin to aid me and give advice. As you can guess he has been spending many years trying to perfect illusions so he can hide his appearance from people."
Satyr, Spirit and Loran the Wise Thursday May 20th, 2004 11:44:59 PM
The satyr stands quickly, grabbing his staff, pointing it toward the Acolyte. "Eet ees oonatural!" He looks at Beowulf, confused. "You say he leerned to do thees willingly, fur you?! Whot madnees lead heem to do thees?! Heeve you aligned yourseelf weeth demons, Beowulf?"
The Spirit hides behind the chair, quivering at the beastly man. After the man is done with the tricks, Spirit slowly walks towards him. It's eyes get wide. Then he looks up at the man and start patting him on the leg, consoling the Acolyte.
The owl just sits, perched, unconcerned with the beastman.
The satyr takes in the knowledge that this man is a demon and a man. Once his mind wraps that knowledge, he speaks again, "Whot your saying ees tat tha Shadow ony allows ebil mageecs? How do we know thees? Nature ees not weetheen the Boundries?" The satyr, for the first time, shows concern, mainly concerned for his two closest companions, the Spirit and Loran.
The satyr looks at the group sitting around, pausing at the females, who he examines from head to toe and everything inbetween. His expression is still flat and unemotional.
He's unsure if any of the group could manage through the Shadow with no guidance from nature and the divine.
Eiras Friday May 21st, 2004 6:54:54 AM
Eiras seems agitated with Servain - either his appearance or the images in the scrying flame.
After the Fey speaks, Eiras says, "One thing we can do to minimize exposure inside that boundary is to flank it. We could travel north inside the Forest and then enter it closer to where it was first noticed. Which leads to my next question - how far north was it first noticed?"
Namfoodle the Magnificent and Amazing d20+8=20 d20+8=17 d20+6=25 d20+5=23 d20+5=12 d20+10=20 d20+10=24 Friday May 21st, 2004 2:23:53 PM
Carefully he sits in the background and he is pretty ashamed to hear that almost everyone here has good intentions,and only he is here for such a selfish reason as to be famous.
He declines the offered food and drink,"Namfoodle thanks you,but Namfoodle needs not such things." The gnome offers a wink and a grin,but not to be rude I will play a fine halfling tune I know that is said to make the meal even more savory than it already is." Taking out his lyre. Looking at it as if he had never seen it before,then nearly dropping it several times but always catching it just before it hits the ground,and finally gripping it upside down and begining to play. He stops and looks at it,then he slaps his forehead,turns it upright and begins to play a beautiful little song,that almost sounds like someone in the kitchen is cooking a meal.(Perform:Comedy 20 Perform: Lyre 24)
He sits and listens half-heartedly to Beowulf's and Servain's words. Trying to remember if he has heard something in his travels about the subject.(Bardic Knowlege 20 Knowlege History 17 Knowlege Arcana 25 Knowlege Religion 23 Knowlege the Planes 12) The little gnome becomes lost in thought,"What does Namfoodle know of what these folk speak of,surley in all of the many many books Namfoodle has read he has come across something......." Thinking and playing."Namfoodle has not played this tune in a long time,he must remember that it is a good one and must not be forgotten."
Sir Henri Friday May 21st, 2004 2:51:30 PM
The knight listens to everybody tales and reactions. "Hmmm very good, Eiras. well thought of and the best for minimal damages." Turning to Beowulf, "what kind of demond are we going to face? It look like some mighty ones. I would like to take precautions? If you so chouse."
Kashmari d20+26=30 Friday May 21st, 2004 3:55:54 PM
Kashmari doesnt bother with Beowulf anymore. He doesn't seem to be of much help at all. For all of the tales of his past adventures he is nothing more than a good-looking, average man. All he seems good for now is mustering-out pay. She grins slightly and turns her attention to Servain for the mean time.
"Acolyte Servain, which UnHoly God do you serve hmmm?" Kashmari raises a brow in inquiry. She pauses for dramatic effect before asking another question. "What exactly are those demons capable of? Magic? Mind Magic? If anyone knows anything about what they can do it must surely be you." Kashmari leans forward and drums her fingers impatiently on the table as she waits for an answer from the 'Half-Demon'. Kashmari was more impressed with the disruption of Servain's scrying rather then his ability to scry. Whatever did that was powerful. 'Anyone with the right knowledge and skills can scry, not everyone can disrupt scrying.' The Half-Elven young lady almost seems bored at this point.
With a mischievious look Kashmari watches Servain's shadow cavort, dance and leap behind him, even though the man hasn't moved an inch. She softly starts to chortle as she rests her chin in her hands to watch the shadow. There is an acrid smell of something woody burning in the air. Almost before anyone can identify the smell or its origin it has disappeared. The psion concentrates to keep the shadow dancing behind the servant. She is having such an easy time keeping this going that it doesn't even look like she is concentrating. Without knowledge of psionics it would be very difficult to tell that she is doing this.
(Free Manifestion 0 lvl Control Shadow, no saving throw, no power resistance, DC 4; Concentration 30)
Aelanthir d20+11=26 d20+11=23 d20+7=22 Friday May 21st, 2004 4:08:24 PM
Aelanthir quietly sits and listens to what Beowolf has to say then watches as Servain does his scrying. When the scrying is disrupted Aelanthir will watch closely Servain for any possiblility of someone controlling him. (spellcraft 26, spot 23, knowlege arcana 22)
Aelanthir nods at Eiras's idea of skirting the shadow area for as long as possible.
fern Friday May 21st, 2004 6:22:07 PM
Fern sits quietly as the others talk, but pays attention. When Severin begins to cast is spell and she relizes that he is a demon she sits as far back as possible repelled. She listens the the information that is given...but not longer trusts that it is accurate, why would a demon give the correct information and why would Beowoulf trust him.
Mykell Zweihand Friday May 21st, 2004 7:12:37 PM
Mykell strokes his chin in thought as he watches everything that goes on and sighs after a moment, "We should not doubt Servain so quickly. I suppose it's possible not all demons are interested in taking over the world and I know little of what a acolyte of the skin does."
Mykell looks to the others and leans his head to one side for a moment, popping his neck before speaking again, "I think the shadowed building may be the key. No matter our plan we will need to work towards it for I will bet it's the center of the problem."
Eiras Friday May 21st, 2004 9:53:05 PM
As Namfoodle performs, Eiras first begins to smile and then chuckle. Finally when the performance is finished, Eiras holds his cup up towards the gnome.
"Well done. I, for one needing something to lighten the mood a bit. Thank you for that."
Hart, Spirit and Loran Saturday May 22nd, 2004 4:05:58 AM
The fey sits back down in apparent disgust, not sure what to make of Beowulf aligning himself with his mortal enemy, uncertain what the reaction might be if the satyr himself was to kill the demon where he stood.
The Spirit moves away from the Acolyte and returns to the satyr's shoulder. He whispers to the fey in Sylvan. The satyr pats the Spirit, consoling him and nods in agreement. It's uncertain what the satyr is agreeing to.
The owl flies from the candlabra on the wall, back the the staff.
The Trio sits in contemplation, conversing about something very intently. The satyr looks coldly toward the Acolyte, then at Beowulf, then at the group. His dark eyes fall upon Henri and then Mykell. He speaks in Sylvan. 'They both seemed closer to this than they were letting on. Besides, they are clad in steel, which is unnatural in its own rite. Those who hide themselves in metal are prone to be either fast to action or dimwitted, maybe both.
The brother and sister are intriguing to watch, they have a deep connection to one another, but yet, remain seperate and unique. The female is attractive.
The gnome, Namfoodle, while his music is wonderful, he seems confused and annoying.
Tyal, while speaking of decadance and softening of ones self, he himself wears steel armor. He is shady and holds secrets.
Fern is interesting. Nothing more. When we enter the Shadow, I give her a day, no more.
Eiras, has his own agenda, I feel.
I don't trust any of them, however, if they are the only ones to travel the Shadow with, so beit.
Spirit, you shall be avenged.' The Spirit giggles and swings frantically from the satyr's horn. Then he stands.
"I eem called Hart, thees is Spirit and Loran. We weell trabel weeth you all."
He sits back down, then adds, leaning forward eyes darting back and forth. "I do nut geev my name to joost eenyone! Eenyone of you who speak to me in publeec oosing me name weell be deelt weeth! Those weetheen thees room ony know!" There is a sense of urgency in his voice, not heard before fromthe satyr.
Justin Webber (DM) Talks Breakingdown Saturday May 22nd, 2004 12:16:42 PM
Beowulf sighs and looks to Servain, "You better go for the moment." With that Survain leaves the room, quite clearly use to such reactions from people.
Beowulf looks to the people at the table, "Survain was full human till he stitched to demon skin to himself to aid me. He has not given into the evil whispers the skin makes and will not since he wishes to aid me in defense and offense of this land."
Beowulf sighs and motions out the window, "I believe the forest is real but you will have to go there to find out for sure."
(OOC:Brent, you can take the CR+1 template you were looking at at no penalty. So go ahead and edit your character and send it to me.)
Eiras Saturday May 22nd, 2004 11:38:18 PM
In an instant, Eiras' face loses its amusement.
"I would not fail to end the threat of the enemy with the knife at his throat because I didn't like the make of the steel. My apologies and gratitude to your servant, Servain," Eiras says harshly.
He continues, "What do you mean that you believe the forest is real? Of what forest do you speak? Perhaps you mean the forest in the scrying by your servant? Or is it something else you mean in reference to my tactic of flanking the Shadow."
Eiras asks one more question, "For how long now has the Shadow been advancing and how far north was it first reported?"
Eiras sits back and sips at his wine and picks up a leg of something, tearing into it. "This food is so rich and well cooked."
{OOC:Thanks Justin. I lost a level but gained the background I was originally looking for! BTW what is the season - summer fall etc.?}
Tyal Sunday May 23rd, 2004 1:25:51 AM
Tyal glances to the acolyte with some revulsion that he covers up really quick. Sometimes it take the works of evil to defeat evil, thought this man has made a choice that he would have not made.
Glancing to the others as they go through their own little reactions he tries to keep his mind on the task at hand. With a glance to Beowulf he cannnot surpress a shudder. "A strange man indeed and strong to hold onto his humanity against the evil." He had felt no taint from the man other than that produced by the demon skin itself.
Glancing to the satyr as he gives his name he nods simply to him. He would not speak the man's name in public, though he doubts he will speak it at all. He does take in the conversation with the spirit and shakes his head. He speaks in Sylvan himself though with a strange accent to it. "I am sure they can prove thier worth. Leveler heads need to prevail sometimes though." He turns back as more questions are asked of Beowulf.
"That boundry is not one that just anyone can cross that is for sure. I have also seen mass amounts of undead move in and out of it at will...as if searching for something." He lets it drop at that and does not elaborate more.
Sir Henri Sunday May 23rd, 2004 11:25:56 AM
"Gentlemen! and Lady, Please, I'm sure that the servant did this for the betterment of all, because His Master Beowulf ask him too." Henri to his farther's old friend, "I know this was another small test, you want to know if there's another Hero in this group. Master Beowulf you'll never can tell where the next heros will come from. You have here a diverse abilities and other talents. The question is who do you choose? If all of us, then What can we do for you? and How do you want it done? Time is short, alot has to be done!." The knight smiles at Beowulf, while sipping his drink.
Skill Focus(Diplomacy)
Mykell Zweihand Sunday May 23rd, 2004 5:20:55 PM
Mykell looks to Beowulf and shrugs, "Your servant gives knowledge that we would otherwise not have. We could be walking into some problem that none of us are ready for. Atleast this way we know that inside the Shadow Boundary is a forest of some type."
Kashmari Sunday May 23rd, 2004 6:38:11 PM
Kashmari watches Servain leave the room and his shadow skip nimbly out of the room behind him. She ceases to concentrate on his shadow and turns her attention fully back to the meeting. She glances over at Mykell and then back to Beowulf. "We know a little more than that. Who ever or what ever it was that quashed Servain's scrying is quite powerful. Certainly beyond our abilities at the moment I presume. We need to take great care while near its domain." Kashmari knows a little thing or two about remote viewing (psionic scrying); namely that it is not something done by a novice. "Does anyone know anything about these demons; and undead? Have they shown any weaknesses or patterns of behaviour?" Kashmari wryly adds, "you know that forest could just be an illusion. Those demons could possibly have twisted the landscape into a far worst nightmare than what we were shown." She still has her chin resting on her folded hands with her elbows propped on the table.
Fern Monday May 24th, 2004 1:38:03 AM
Fern is startled that anyone would sew a demon's skin onto themselves. No matter how selfless the reason, a person would have to be a bit mad. If not at first then later with all the whispering, when will Servain not be able to tell what is the demon skin's whispers and the truth? Fern sits quietly waiting to find out if Bewulf will choose one or more of the group. Mean while she takes some meat and feeds it to Huur.
Hart, Spirit and Loran Monday May 24th, 2004 3:08:45 AM
The fey sits back in his chair and puts his hooves back up on the table. He listens as the others debate tactics and stategums. It is a good idea to get your route mapped out and planned, but Hart doesn't see any reason in doubting the man-demons visions. "Eef tere ees a forest weetheen tha Shadow, I weell see eef eet ees natural or tweested! Eef eet ees capteev weetheen tha demon realm, theen I want to release eet and free eet from tha Shadows grasp!" Hart then pours another glass of fine wine, drinks it down in a single gulp, then addresses Beowulf. "Wheen are we to head out to thees Boundry? Ees tha demon goong to guide oos? I em ready to goo."
The Spirit jumps and dances around, clapping its tiny hands. It does summersaults on the table and waltzes with a wine bottle.
The owl simply sits on the tip of the staff, preening its feathers.
Aelanthir Monday May 24th, 2004 4:08:23 AM
"Is the forest part of the surrounding terrain that the Shadow area has enveloped? Where did the Shadow first appear and how fas has it been growing?" Aelanthir calmly asks.
Turning to face Tyal "Have you heard anything about what the undead are searching for? It may be something that can be used against the Shadow and its dezians." Aelanthir asks.
Sir Henri is correct in the fact that time is probably fading quickly. Let us not sit and argue over what needs to be done. I personnaly do not like to rush into things but to take some time and find any weakness that I can use to my advantage." comments Aelanthir as he sits back taking another drink of wine.
"Master Beowolf what can you tell us about the possible weaknesses that they have?"
Justin Webber (DM) On the Road Monday May 24th, 2004 12:36:31 PM
Beowulf looks to the group and smiles, "Servain is perfectly reliable and he will not give in to the demon whispers." Beowulf looks towards the door Servain left through, "Servain lost his parents, teacher of the magic arts and the girl he loved to the demons. I took him in when he was really young and he studied from my books. He came across the acolyte ways and decided to become one to aid in the fight against the demons. To use the demons own magics and powers against them is something he hates but is willing to for his own need to defend those he cares for."
Beowulf looks back to the group, "I decided you all should go, you all need to see the darkness for yourselves. Once you have maybe your eyes will be opened more to how people like Servain are needed and should not be looked at as evil. The dark god Bale's blood flows through my veins but you do not dispise me." Beowulf waves that matter to the side now, "I will send no one with you, I believe others may be interested in this matter to and you may or may not find help on the way. As with all evil creatures I found out that holy or good aligned weapons work best. No matter you should take care, what works on one thing does not always work on the next."
Thinking over the last of the questions asked Beowulf finally comments, "I believe there was a forest in the area that the Shadow Boundary now covers. From my records the Shadow Boundary does not move at all or increase in size. It is like it's a tear in time or maybe the planes there."
When each person is ready to leave, Beowulf bids you all farwell and a safe trip. Servain waits out in the entrance hall where he has reassumed his gaunt, stretched skin look so he looks almost human. Kind of makes you wonder how many years of working and trying to perfect making a skin illusion is since it is rather perfect except the thinness.
(OOC:Just a quick comment. If we can could we keep posts per DM post down to 1 to 2? In combat each person can only make one post per DM post. Thanks.)
Namfoodle The Magnificent and Amazing d20+10=28 d20+4=19 d20+4=12 d20+4=11 d20+4=5 d20+4=10 d20+4=23 d20+4=5 Monday May 24th, 2004 12:51:32 PM
Finishing up the first tune,he beguns to play another tune this one has a dark and ominous undertone. Not really sure what he can contribute to the current conversation he plays and listens.(Perform:Lyre 28)
Not to mention still a little confused as to why would someone not want people to know thier name? This satyr is definitly an enigma. He thinks to himself,"How can his name remain a secret,he will be known as a one time traveling companion of The Great Namfoodle his name will be famous, not as famous as Namfoodle's of course,but famous none the less as will all here. Maybe Namfoodle shall explain this to him later. Also the female is intruiging she plays with shadows as if they were children's playthings,Namfoodle sees great potential for humor in this."
Looking at each person carefully trying to determine each of their reactions to his choice of music,"Namfoodle remembers his instructors saying a bard that can read his crowd well can make his crowd love him." (OOC I wasn't sure if I should roll or not so I rolled for each member of the group I figured that way I cover all bases Sense Motive : 28 19 12 11 5 10 23 5)
Sir Henri Monday May 24th, 2004 2:47:41 PM
"Very well! My sword and my service are yours. Untill then, I take my leave." Sir Henri gets to his feet, put on his gloves. With a bow to Hero Beowulf, The knight departs and exits the Mansion. "Flash! I need you. Please Come to me." the knight ask to the Sky??. in a flash the horse appears beside him.
Justin Webber (DM) Small Note Monday May 24th, 2004 3:22:33 PM
(OOC:Everyone, I'm sorry for not answering this sooner but the current season is spring in the game.)
Eiras Monday May 24th, 2004 4:37:18 PM
Eiras rises and looks at the others gathered around Beowulf's table.
"I know from the Fey that he is going as is Sir Henri, is it? I will enter the Shadow as well but only after flanking it to the west, inside the Limiral. Are the rest of you interested in Beowulf's generous offer?" Eiras smile is as hard as grimace.
"As to traveling with me - I am willing to guide any who are uncomfortable in the woods if you agree to my path." Eiras walks with the others out of the hall into the courtyard outside the mansion as he speaks. In the light of the sun, Eiras' pallor shows an almost purple tint to his flesh and his eyes seem iridescent.
"As some of us have mounts," Eiras looks over to Sir Henri, "we should probably get some riding horses for those who wish them, to hasten our travel. I prefer my own feet, but I am willing to ride."
As he waits for the others to respond, he wraps his face in his scarves again and his eyes take on the more violet cast seen inside the mansion.
Tyal Monday May 24th, 2004 5:40:56 PM
Tyal simply shrugs his shoulders as he speaks. "I will go along...it serves my purpose." He glances to Beowulf and cannot help but ask a simple question. "How well are we to be paid and do we see half up front??" Though he has done job without pay first or part pay, he finds it a bad practice to have.
Glancing to the others he again nods, as he waits for an answer to his question. "It maybe best to skirt the boundry a little and get a feel for it...for most it is unsettling at best." His face tells you that he has been to it's edges before and is not really that keen on going back, but something drives him. "As to a horse...that may not be a bad idea...though I find that most often they invite trouble." He shrugs again and will go with the majority on this one.
Fern Monday May 24th, 2004 6:56:30 PM "I'll go as well, I will need to finish my shopping and get a few more things for our trip. When will the rest of you be ready to leave?"
Fern gets ready to leave.
Hart, Spirit and Loran the Wise d20+12=28 Monday May 24th, 2004 11:54:38 PM
The fey stands, gathers his gear and grabs a piece of bread for the journey. He ignores any comment about money or payment, though he may request payment later if the journey is more trying than expected. He addresses Eiras, out in the hall, following the dark elf, "Drow, I believe tat we two weell be tha best een tha forest. I eem a tracker, hoonter, guide and scout, as eem I a formidable combatant. Whot do you know uf tha woods?" Looking at the satyr now, besides the staff, he also carries a cudgle(cane shaped club) he hangs from his pack. There is no malice or doubt in the question, just simple curiousity. "Do nut drow leeve close ta tha earf, een her caves and caveerns?" "I weell nut ride a horse. Tey are nut comfortable." It might be obvious to the others, that the satyr's legs don't bend like regular humanoids. The satyr simply doesn't address anyone else unless they talk to him directly. He begins toward the gates, intending to get started soon. Hart addresses Fern, "I weell be leaving soon." Now that the satyr is out in natural light, it's obvious that he is quite fit and well muscled and indeed looks ready for a journey. The lamp and torch light simply didn't do him service.
Spirit jumps up on the fey's horns and sits with his legs crossed, grinning happily. Once it reaches the outdoors it grows very delighted and waves at the sun.
The owl remains regal atop the black staff. Outside the owl leaves the staff and takes to the sky. (Spot 28, just for a look)
(OOC: Are we heading out today? Or were we heading out in the morning?)
Aelanthir Tuesday May 25th, 2004 4:18:10 AM
"Thank you for the information you have given us master Beowolf. I believe I am ready to travel. As for a horse I perfer to travel by foot." Aelanthir tells the others.
Aelanthir nods to Beowolf then Servain as he walks out of the home to await the rest of the group.
Kashmari Tuesday May 25th, 2004 5:02:46 AM
Kashmari smiles at Namfoodle, she finds his choice of music to be very fitting to the themes being brought up at the time. "Master Namfoodle will you be chronicling our journey?"
Kashmari offers a small bow to Beowulf before leaving, "I hope there will be more in this for us than just our names in local lore. Fame and heroics do not feed an empty belly." The Half-Elf looks amused but is only smiling slightly now.
She leaves the room and nods to Servain as she leaves the manor house. She speaks briefly to the Acolyte, "May strength of will remain with you Acolyte, and may there be light found in the darkness which you must endure."
Kashmari informs the others that she will be travelling on foot, "I have no need of a horse and I think scouting around the Boundary is a good idea. Aelanthir and I have what supplies we need. I am ready to leave now." She remembers some of her manners at last and quips, "oh, to avoid any less flattering nicknames, my name is Kashmari Willowholm."
Namffodle The Magnificent and Amazing d20+10=12 Tuesday May 25th, 2004 1:43:39 PM
As the party begins to move out Namfoodle brings his tune to a close,"It appears that time for traveling is inevitable." Packing his lyre in it's case,and securing it to his side.
In response to Kashmari's question,"Fair lady,Namfoodle will do more than merely chronicle a list of events,Namfoodle will dazzle and amaze."
Seeing that other than himself she seems to be the only one in a pleasant mood he decides to walk with her,thinking to himself,"She would make quite the fetching gnome." The small gnome seems to have no trouble at all keeping up with her pace.
When talk of leaving now or tomorrow,"Namfoodle need only retrieve Mule. Mule is the noble traveling companion of Namfoodle. He awaits Namfoodle's return,at an inn on the eastern edge of town."
As they walk through town he once again,pulls out his lyre and strikes up a song(Perform 12) This song not nearly the caliber of his two previous selections.If anyone questions him about the obviously inferior tune,he simply responds,"Namfoodle is in the process of creation."
Mykell Zweihand Tuesday May 25th, 2004 6:36:03 PM
Mykell nods and stands, walking for the door and glancing back, "One of the other can tell me how much we are being payed."
Mykell walks out and into the street as he looks around he stretches and smiles, "Let us be on our way and I will not be taking a horse. I don't think a horse would react to well to the Shadow Boundary." As if it was a after thought Mykell looks to the others and comments, "Call me Mykell, my last name is not needed."
Justin Webber (DM) Ouside the City Tuesday May 25th, 2004 11:48:28 PM
(OOC:I believe from the looks that everyone has decided to leave without horses or mounts except those who have bought one anyway. I also will comment that it is early enough that you all can start your traveling now.)
Before everyone leaves Beowulf smiles when the comment on pay comes up. After some mins of thought Beowulf comments, "I will not pay you up front but on you return with the any info you find in the Shadow Boundary I will pay 500gps per person."
If the group decides to leave the city now since it is late afternoon now but not so late that the sun has began to set. The traveling outside the city goes easily and the nice green grass that is about ankle deep waves in the small wind as you travel. There are some small grove areas of trees where the trees grow in small formations.
Nothing happens in your travels if you have deiced to travel and soon night falls, leaving you a pretty good traveling distance from the Shadow Boundary. In the distance almost out of your vision you can see a deep shadowy area that looks to stretch from sky to the ground.
Eiras Wednesday May 26th, 2004 12:38:56 AM
When Hart names Eiras a Drow, the look of shock on his face is evident in the hall since he had not rewrapped his face.
"I am not a Drow. I know my appearance is...unusual but I am sure I am not," Eiras denies hotly. "I learned my skills amongst the elves of the Limirals. I too am a skilled hunter and tracker. I also know a good bit about snares and traps and the like. I take no offense at your question Fey."
While Eiras voice sounds sincere the look on his face is unreadable. After the group responds to his question about horses, Eiras shrugs and says, "I too am ready to depart. The city walls are too confining. I feel as though I am imprisoned rather than at ease here."
After the group makes camp, Eiras says, "We are still far enough from danger to enjoy one night with a fire and some tea."
Eiras removes his forester's cloak and scarves before he begins to help set up camp. He keeps his head kerchief in place however. Under the foresters cloak, he is wearing a full suit of armor that looks woven from leaves in many shades of greens and browns. He has both a long sword and a short sword strapped to his hips. Besides his fully packed backpack, he carries 2 full quivers on his back.
He quickly and efficiently digs a small pit and builds a small fire out of some tinder he removes from a side pocket of his backpack.
The wood he uses burns quickly, leaving hot glowing embers. Eiras places a smooth surface but rough cut stone and places it on the ledge of the small pit. He collapses down the two of the sides of the pit but leaves the other two like small chimneys for ventilation. On the firestone, Eiras places this small percolator with ground tea in a small container near the top. The bottom of the percolator he fills with water. Soon the gentle smell of some sort of herbal tea pervades the campsite. Eiras pulls out his cup and uses his cloak like a mit to remove and pour some of the contents into his cup.
"Anyone else want some tea? I made enough for all," Eiras continues, "does anyone else know anything about the shadow that might help us inside it? I have heard of the demons and now of the undead, but what of the motives of the shadow. Has it shown any pattern in the excursions of the demons or undead?"
Tyal Wednesday May 26th, 2004 1:31:51 AM
Tyal just nods and smiles at Beowulf then leaves as quickly as he entered the building. He waits at the gate for some time with the others, not having gotten himself a horse.
He travels quickly and surely along with the others, seemingly not bothered by the outdoors a bit. Once or twice he seems to stop and just lean his head back as if to smell the air. He does not volunteer any information or speak, unless spoken to first as they travel.
When the campsite is found and things start to be set up he quickly strips out of his armor and pitches in where needed. When at last it is time to start a meal he looks around at the other first and then sits down near the young man, Eiras, who is preparing tea. "I would not mind a cup...it has been awhile since I have been able to relax and just enjoy myself." He still seems more than alert as he sits and waits though.
He looks to Eiras as he mentions the undead and demons. He silently sits and thinks on it as he looks to see if anyone offers information. With a sigh he comments what little he knows. "I know not what the undead search for...but they seem driven...maybe even well organized or commanded." He cannot quite put it any other way than that. "As for the shadow...it does not move that I have noticed and it seems to stretch forever up. It seems to have little purpose of its own...the demons have a use for it though...they seem to feed from it." He ends the discussion there as a pained look crosses his face and he leans back on his pack.
Hart, Spirit and Loran the Wise d20+19=30 d20+16=31 d20+21=38 d20+21=29 d20+17=22 d20+20=26 d20+12=25 Wednesday May 26th, 2004 5:41:42 AM
After the satyr mentions and hears the reaction from Eiras, he quickly amends his statement. "Drow are nut too bad. Een fact, many are ooseful to heev aroond." This is the first time anyone sees the satyr grin, though ever so slightly.
After three hours out on the road, the Spirit slowly vanishes from his shoulder perch. Hart removes a small pouch containing a pearl, Pearl of Power and recalls the Wood Wose spell to memory. Then he removes a Rod (Lesser Rod of Extend) and casts Wood Wose again. The Spirit reappears happy and none the worse for ware.
The owl flies overhead. Then as evening approaches, Loran makes a single sharp dive into the grasses, plucking up a field mouse. The owl lands atop the staff and rips the mouse to shreds, seemingly enjoying the feast.
As Eiras digs teh fire pit, Hart searches for damp or wet burning fuel. "Tha smook from tha fire weell fend off insects." Says the satyr, very sure from past experiences (Survival 30).
As they sit around the fire, roasting some chestnuts from his pack(which he offers to who might want one), Hart listens and takes in as much as he can about the others and their travels. He mentions little about himself, but will explain that he knows only a few rumors and unproven facts about the Shadow. He does however, tell them Spirits story, as he understands it. "Spirit leeved een the wood near where tha Shadow grew. Eets home was horribly tweested and malformed and ebil creetures started roming and tortooring other pixies and the like. So eet left theer and we met shortly after. Spirit weeshes to return home some day to a peaceful place." At some point around dinner time or dusk, the satyr removes the pan pipes from around his neck and plays a lullaby, one famous to the elves, The Trees Say Sleep to the Elvenkin (one that most elves learn as children).(Perform wind instruments, 31)
Hart will stand the first watch, early night(between 8 and midnight). He will walk the perimeter of the camp, out to 50 feet from the fire, moving quietly as he goes. [Spot 38, Listen 29, Move Silently 22]
The Spirit wanders from the camp in the evening, returning with a scant amount of wild herbs, several flat rocks it places in the fire and a handful of bark it also throws on the embers. The sap from the barks makes the fire snap and pop, as well as burn awhile longer. Spirit will tend the fire until he vanishes in early morning, about 4am.
Loran will take up a position some distance from the camp, watching it from afar. (Listen 25, Spot 26) If Hart is attacked/ambushed while on watch, Loran will Defend him.
(OOC: Justin, did you want a spell list from those who prepare them?)
Hart (Additional) d4=2 d4=3 Wednesday May 26th, 2004 5:52:01 AM
(Sorry about the additinal post)
Just before Hart is relieved from watch, he will cast Goodberry on a handful of elderberries he retrieves from his bag, (5 Goodberries) which he then puts somewhere safe.
Then he casts Endure Elements at around midnight.
He gives thanks to Shalm for his spells at midnight and then finds a thicket to sleep on (if any).
(Are there any trout/crayfish bearing streams close to camp? You said it was spring, but is it a full moon, new moon or several moons?)
Sir Henri Wednesday May 26th, 2004 11:35:59 AM
The paladin Shakes Mittani, Mykell, Eiras and Tyal, But rubs Hart's head, then tickles Spirit cheeks. "Let's not be formal, just call me Henri. The Sir is just another title that the King gave me. Since we are all going to the same place, it is better to know each other. It is true that I was born to royalty, but my farther is the youngest of the five Princes, and my mother was also born with Blue Blood, as they called it. Her farther was a Markie in the Kings court. But I was raised in the city in the temple and the streets west of here. My father is the Hight Cleric of the temple of Palor." Henri turns to his horse, "Go! My mount! Go rest, I'll call you when needed".
"I have been around for a few years and had some fight with some odd looking creators, some were strong too. But I like the assorted adventures that surounds me, I think that this is a very strong group. I have a good feeling."
Henri will take the tea a chestnut or two and eats very little except an apple before it is time to say prayers at sunset. He sits on his heels. Taking off his cloak and helm. He then faces west, Bows and prayes. You can see that his hair is light brown, his eyes are green and under is Tunic is just a chainshirt (not very rich for a paladin). After the prayers, He'll sharpen his sword, then go into his bedroll and sleep very lightly (the slightest noise will waken him)
Namfoodle d20+10=26 d20+6=20 d20+10=21 Wednesday May 26th, 2004 1:25:09 PM
After stopping to pick up his noble traveling companion,at the inn,he is ready for the trip.
As the travel Namfoodle keeps the mood light by telling silly jokes and singing in his pleasant baritone voice.(Perform:Comedy 26 Perform:Sing 20) He has no trouble at all keeping up with his longer legged traveling companions.
As they make camp he sets up his bedroll and listens to the campfire chatter,not really contributing much about himself,but trying to observe everyone for habits that will help him better understand his audience.
When Hart begins to play,he is pleased that someone else here can play music. He quickly grabs his lyre and plays a counter melody to the ancient elven tune.(Perform:Lyre 21)
When food is offered he simply says,"Namfoodle does not need things such as this",pointing at the offered food.
As it grows later Namfoodle further entertains the group,telling ribald tales and reciting stories from the history books. After a couple hours of this he says,"That is all for Namfoodle the Magnificent and Amazing on this day. I will further astound you all on the morrow"
As the hour grows late the gnome only sleeps for about three hours and then is awake again,showing no signs of the previous day's travels.
Fern d20+4=20 Wednesday May 26th, 2004 1:36:51 PM
As the others seem to want to be quickly on their way Fern will skip shopping and do it later. She knows most of the things she wants can be found at almost any marketplace.
Fern readily accepts the offer of tea and sits silently for a few moments enjoying it. As she's hungry she will then eat a bit of smoked salmon and cheese. She will also mix up some bread dough in a bowl and cover it with a cloth leaving it next to the fire.
Fern will volunteer for the last watch.
Huur will catch a few rabbits and eat one, the remainder she will leave near Fern to be cooked for breakfast.
ooc: justin what do I roll (if anything) for huur to catch rabbits and find out how many she got?
cooking: 20
Aelanthir d20+11=31 d20+14=32 d20+10=20 d20+12=32 d20+6=25 Wednesday May 26th, 2004 2:29:15 PM
As Aelanthir leaves the city the large owl that travels with him glides noiselessly above the group in a circular pattern. Aelanthir tels everyone "Kuari will keep a watch above us while we are traveling."
Aelanthir will move along with the group staying around 20 feet off to the right of the group looking around as he travels. If anyone asks Aelanthir he will reply "I am just going to be out here as an flanker keeping an eye out for any possible problems from this direction."
When the group is starting to setup a camp Aelanthir makes a whistling sound for a moment. Afterwards Kuari flies off for a short while then comes back with a large rabbit in its talons. Kuari lands near Aelanthir then begins to eat the rabbit.
"Thank you for the tea" Aelanthir tells Eiras as he gets himself a cup of tea. "Would you like some Kashmari?" Aelanthir asks.
"Kuari and myself will take the mid to last watch (2am-8am)" Aelanthir says to the others as he finds a spot in a fork of a tree. Kuari finds a perch in the same tree a few feet above Aelanthir.
During his watch Aelanthir will patrol out from the camp around 50 feet. (spot: 31 (nat 20), move silently: 32, listen: 25.) (Kuari, spot: 20, listen: 32 (nat 20))
Kashmari d20+4=7 d20+4=10 Wednesday May 26th, 2004 3:02:17 PM
Kashmari helps with setting up camp. Though she; like her brother, will find a decent spot to sleep in the fork of another tree. She will take first watch with Hart.
"Yes brother I would love a cup of tea." Kashmari tosses Aelanthir her wooden drinking cup. She finishes all of the tasks that she has appointed for herself before having her light evening meal and the tea. She will take a roast chestnut or two after her meal. Kashmari thanks both Hart and Eiras for the chestnuts and the tea. Technically Kashmari doesn't need the food for sustenance, but she likes food and more importantly she values the social communion that shared meals always are. She doesn't have anything to add to either the entertainment or the discussion about the Shadow Boundary, demons and undead. She doesn't show the slightest hint that the talk about undead being found around their destination makes her antsy.
During watch Kashmari seems to be distracted by something or other because she does not see or hear much beyond typical camp noises!
In the morning after waking up, getting cleaned up and eating breakfast she will spend up to one hour meditating.
(Listen 7, Spot 10)
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday May 26th, 2004 4:27:21 PM
Mykell travels with the others, having stayed on foot since he didn't want a horse. As he travels he watches the others out of curiousity and wonders to himself mainly on how much help each person will be in the group. After some hrs on pondering this he simply shrugs and continues walking and enjoying the outdoors.
When the group reaches the place to make camp, Mykell pulls off his cloak and begins rolling out his bedroll. After stripping out of his heavy armor he checks his two handed sword and lays that beside his bedroll before also checking his longsword, nodding as each is in good shape he then goes about checking the rest of his gear. After many mins takenup on his gear which he checks a handcrossbow which he stows back in his backpack, a pair of daggers and a light mace that is attached to his backpack, he finally joins the others at the fire and sits down.
Mykell takes in the talks and stories from everyone that says anything before looking to Hart, "I wouldn't mind haveing a cup of your tea if you wouldn't mind. I'll take one of the last watches." Mykell himself breaks out his trail rations and goes about eating some of the jerky, fruit and nuts from it. Thinking he offers a few of the berries to Hart's little wood friend if he is still with the group and wants a couple.
Justin Webber (DM) Camping Wednesday May 26th, 2004 11:15:11 PM
The night passes extremely slow and most sit around the fire for sometime talking abit and getting to know each other abit more or anyway those who are willing to talk.
The members of the first watch pass the night with no problems and wakeup the next people to take watch while getting some sleep now.
It isn't but halfway in to the 2nd set of watching the camp that something finally happens. In the dark you hear the howl of a wolf or wolf type creature and the glint of abit of light off of a spear tip as something evidently riding wolves or something comes riding in.
Aelanthir and Tyal are up for the second watch when this happens. If either have low light vision then a Spot 18 will let you know that the coming trouble is worg riding goblins who are armed with spears and shields. There are around ten of them. If no low light vision then a Spot 22 will show the same thing. If a successful spot check isn't made then you only hear the noise and know something is coming.
(OOC:Loretta you don't need to make any rolls for your eagle to cetch food, please everyone have their animal cetch food for themselves mainly other wise I will need a roll. I would like a spell list from each person who has them. No fish bearing streams are near also and there are actually two moons you will see at nights. One goes through normal yearly changes (by our calender so it's currently th new moon.) The second moon is currently at it's second stage called half blood moon. Alittle history for everyone here for the world. The blood moon is a black/crimson in color and goes through three stages a month. quarter, half and full. Every full blood moon is a day of special worship for a certain priest group that you all will meet and haven't heard of yet.)
Eiras d20+11=30 d20+11=29 d20+11=24 d6+3=9 d6+3=7 Thursday May 27th, 2004 12:09:47 AM
{OOC: Since I didn't specify which watch I was going to be working and I was up tending the fire and such, I am going to assume I was up until third watch. Of course you may not agree in which case ignore any/all of my actions...}
As Eiras tends to his arrow fletchings and other gear the howling makes him freeze. He does a slow but delibrate 360 look around the camp out beyond the fire to spot the source of the howling. {Spot:30}
He stands and steps away from the others off to the side to keep a clear line of sight on the goblins. Eiras draws his bow in one slow fluid motion bringing an arrow up and letting fly then he brings another arrow up quickly and fires again a heartbeat later. {Out to 165 Ft Hit AC:29 out to 330 Ft hit AC:27 I think DMG:9/Second Arrow Hit AC:24 to 165 or AC:22 to 330 Ft DMG:7)
Hart(AC 18, DR5/ci) and Loran the Wise(AC 19) d20+16=30 d20+21=40 d20+17=27 d20+21=24 Thursday May 27th, 2004 1:43:13 AM
Loran swoops down off the a nearby sapling and wakes Hart almost immediately upon hearing and seeing the worgs and the riders(see previous post[Spot 38, Listen 29, Move Silently 22]), then flies into the night.
Hart wakes irritated, however, seems understanding. He looks for Spirit, then realizes the amount of time that has elapsed, knows he's gone again. He had removed his armor before bedding down for the night, not having time now to don it now, he casts(standard action, using the Rod, second use today)Shillelagh from his wand on his Blackstaff. He retrieves his Magical Pipes(move action) from his pack. He disappears into the night, hoping to move out of sight shortly before the raiders enter the camp (hide 30, listen 40, move silently 27, spot 24 with low-light vision).
Aelanthir (AC 18; HP 30/30; Invisible; Low-lght vision) d20+14=32 Thursday May 27th, 2004 4:06:23 AM
Seeing the Worgs and riders Aelanthir pulls out his wand of invisiblility and taps himself with it. Aelanthir then calls out "To arms Worgs incoming!!"
Aelanthir then moves towards the nearest one that he can approach from behind (move silently 32.) Kuari will fly quietly up into the upper branches of the trees near Aelanthir.
**** used the spot and listen rolls from my prior post as they were for my watch.
Currently Memorized Spells: Level 0: Mage Hand, Touch of Fatigue, Detect Magic, Read Magic Level 1: Grease, Mage Armor, Shocking Grasp, True Strike Level 2: Alter self, Touch of Idiocy,
****
Sir Henri d20+7=24 Thursday May 27th, 2004 7:58:49 AM
OOC: to spot 24 Henri is awaken before he can take the third watch, He quickly slips on his chainmail and grabs his Long sword. He will use his Detect Evil to locate his enermies. He'll will take a stand, wait till he can see his enermy up close. While he's waiting for the attack to come to him, he will cast Bless on the group(+1 on all attacks and saves)
Spell Bless
fern & huur Thursday May 27th, 2004 11:19:57 AM
Fern is sleeping in her tent. Huur however hears the wolf and starts to hoot loudly trying to wake the camp. Fern stirs a bit but doesnt wake so Huur flies over and perches on the tent hooting until Fern wakes. When Fern wakes she immediatly steps into her boots and grabs her weapons. unfortunatly there is no light or time to put her armor on. She does however grab it and carry it out to the fire, if she finds she has time she will don it then (hastily donned 5 rounds). If she will have to fight before it is more than half on (two rounds or less) she wont put it on.
ooc: justin I had Huur catch food for herself and for me. that's why I asked about rolls.
loretta Thursday May 27th, 2004 11:23:53 AM
ooc: although armor is off she is wearing her ring and amulet.
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15, Low Light Vision) d20+4=22 Thursday May 27th, 2004 12:25:13 PM
Kashmari is woken up by Aelanthir's call to arms. She stays in the tree that she was sleeping in and readies her light crossbow and checks her morningstar. She spots the goblins and worgs coming due to her low light vision. Kashmari begins to make plans for combat.
If any enemy becomes an obvious threat to Aelanthir in particular then that is where she will primarily focus her attention.
Manifestation stats: - 15 power points per day - 8 free Talents (0 lvl powers) per day
Can manifest (any combo until 15 PP are used up and all 8 free Talents are used up):
- Combat Modes: Thought Shield (1PP), Tower of Iron Will (5PP), Ego Whip (3PP), Empty Mind (1PP), Mind Thrust (1PP), Id Insinuation (3PP)
- Powers: LVL 0: Control Shadow (1PP), Far Hand (1PP), Talons (1PP), Telempathic Projection (1PP), Missive (1PP) LVL 1: Dissipating Touch (1PP), Lesser Body Adjustment (1PP), Matter Agitation (1PP) LVL 2: Concussion (3PP)
Namfoodle the Magnificent and Amazing d20+7=10 d20+9=17 Thursday May 27th, 2004 1:33:32 PM
The little gnome is in the process of combing his goatee,and eyebrows,so he does not see the goblins,but he hears them.
Quickly Namfoodle,makes towards Mule,he grabs a bigger case,it appears to be shaped for a large stringed instrument,he quickly undoes the latches and pulls out a finely crafted repeating crossbow,and somthing else in his other hand,what ever it is it is small and is gripped tightly in his fist.
Patiently he waits,as the goblins draw closer.
Spells known and per day: 0 3/day Lullaby,Daze,Know Direction,Light,Read Magic,Message
Gnome spell like abilities all 1/day Speak with animals(small mammals only),Dancing Lights,Ghost Sound,Prestdigitation
The usually pleasant gnome is grim faced and doesn't look so small holding his crossbow.
Namfoodle (Ac 19 Hp 30/30 Low Light Vision) Thursday May 27th, 2004 1:35:16 PM
Forgot to put this in the previous post
Mykell Zweihand Thursday May 27th, 2004 6:43:29 PM
Mykell hears the call to arms and rolls out of his bedroll, grabbing up his greatsword since putting on his armor would take to long and holds the blade at ready as he waits for whatever is to come, to approach the firelight and enter the clearing.
Mykell growls under his breath, "Worgs was it??? well let them come and taste my blade."
Tyal - HP: 40, AC: 19 (darkvision, total defense, bless) d20+8=17 d20+8=23 Thursday May 27th, 2004 9:30:34 PM
Tyal hears the worg riders as the approach, but turns his head to make sure of his hearing. Spotting the movement of several forms in the distance he rolls to his feet. Both of his hands find two very different items as he does, his left finds his shield and the right his morningstar. Though he is not wearing his armor he seems to give it no thought as he plants his feet and prepares to meet the charge.
He listens to the others as they prepare themselves for battle and grins wickedly. "This should earn me a little extra coin." For a priest he is very mercenary at heart and cannot let go the idea of having to leave without some pay.
[listen 17, spot 23]
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Justin Webber (DM) Worg riders d20+6=15 2d6(6+4)+2=12 d20+6=10 d20+6=21 2d6(6+4)+2=12 2d6(3+4)+2=9 d20+6=10 d20+6=18 2d6(2+6)+2=10 2d6(2+2)+2=6 Friday May 28th, 2004 12:25:15 AM
The group is awoken by the call to arms and in the distance the worg's and their riders can be made out by some. Everyone prepares for the battle as well as possible.
Eiras fires two arrows and is able to hit both worg and rider (Worg and rider #5 on map)
(OOC: Quick comment here for people to read. On the site I gave for the game is a link for a battle map for this round. Also none of the worgs and riders are really close.)
Worg and riders 1-6 charge in as the rest stay back in the shadows.
WR1 charges Henri, the goblin on the worg hoots and yells as he lowers his spear at Henri, this gives the goblin a greater reach as it charges on the worg's back. (Can hit:15 Damage:12)
WR2 heads for Fern and her tent. The distance being abit farther then the worg can move.
WR3&WR4 head towards Tyal. Both grin as they also lower their spears and charge at him, one yipping and commenting in goblin, "we's make muneys off thes peoples." (Can hit AC:10/21 Damage:12/9)
WR5&WR6 charge at Mykel, both aim their spears at him also and WR6 barks orders in goblin, "save thee females." (Can hit AC:10/18 Damage:10/6)
(OOC:Just to help out everyone with the map. You all are in a small forested area except the clearing the group is camping in. So the worg and goblin riders are in the forest and you are in the flat clearing.)
Site for map. I hope the link works right for everyone. http://www.angelfire.com/rpg2/hardell/
Eiras {AC:20 HP:37/37 Low Light Vision} d20+12=26 d20+12=31 d8+4=8 d8+4=10 Friday May 28th, 2004 1:15:57 AM
Eiras mutters something under his breath as he smoothly launches 2 more arrows at Worg 5 (Concentrating attack on the worg rather than one attack on each - Hit AC:26 DMG:8 Hit AC:31 DMG:10).
Eiras moves five feet back to continue attacking from a distance.
Hart(AC 18, DR5/ci) and Loran the Wise(AC 19) d20+16=20 d20+17=30 d20+21=33 d20+21=32 Friday May 28th, 2004 1:30:26 AM Active Spells: Shillelagh(wand)-extended(rod 2/3used) duration (2minutes)- second round
The satyr continues to move off into the forest surrounding the campsite. His skills enable him to move through the heavy growth with ease. He moves Northwest, the short distance into the wooded area then moves due North, skirting the clearing clockwise. (His movement is 40ft, 80ft full round movement.) He moves as fast as he can, without giving his position away to the worg riders, he uses the trees and land to his benefit, thanking the forest spirits for their gracious and ample supply of brush. He keeps close track of their movements. (Hide 20, Move Silently 30, Spot 33, Listen 32)
Hart disappears from the groups sight within seconds of the beasts arrival. Maybe he's not willing to fight alongside these individuals?
Fern HP 37/37 AC16 d20+11=14 d4+3=7 Friday May 28th, 2004 2:27:46 AM
As she obviously doesnt have time to put on her armor Fern drops it, quickly throws her dagger, and draws her sword to meet the worg.
using quick draw. attack: 14 damage: 7
Aelanthir OOC Friday May 28th, 2004 5:54:24 AM
Justin you have two locations listed for Aelanthir on the map which is his location? I need to know so I can make my post.
Henri d20+9=25 d8+3=11 d20=12 Friday May 28th, 2004 11:01:11 AM
OOC: Henri has only a chain shirt on so his armor class is 18: Attack 25, Damages 11hp: Listens 12
Henri plants his feet fermly and swings at the spear and arm of the rider with a long sword. Now for the problem with the wolf or is there more to go?? "Well! You yah-who's come on keep yelling so I can hear where your comming from!!"
Henri will cast Bless (for 1 hour)
Namfoodle The Goblin Slayer d20+8=26 d20+5=23 Friday May 28th, 2004 11:44:55 AM
(OOC Justin you forgot about me, I was looking at the battle map and everyone is there but me. If the Namfoodle ever discovers he was forgotten he will be upset =p)
Namfoodle seeing that he still has time before the disgusting insects come into his spell range,he opts for the surprise approach.
Carefully he moves away from the camp in the opposite direction the goblins are coming from.
When he is clear of the camp he will circle the camp counterclockwise.(Hide 26 Move Silently 23)
Whispering to himself,"Namfoodle will enjoy ridding the world this filth." With a grim smile he begins to stalk his prey.
Mykell Zweihand-AC:13-HP:52/58 d20+10=19 2d6(2+1)+6=9 Friday May 28th, 2004 2:58:48 PM
Mykell manages to side step the first spear charge but is hit by the secon. He growls under his breath and looks straight at the second one as he swings his greatsword at the worg in hopes of dropping the mount and then the goblin. (Can hit AC:19 Damage:9)
(OOC: Quick note. A new map has been posted to help everyone out. Just check the site again. Also I hope no one carries that I'm playing a character in my own game :).)
Aelanthir (AC 18; HP 30/30; Invisible; Low-lght vision) d20+14=34 Friday May 28th, 2004 6:08:50 PM
Aelanthir casts Shocking grasp then starts to move quietly in behind W2. (move silently 34 (nat 20))
Tyal - HP: 31/40, AC: 15 (darkvision, bless) d20+8=19 d8+4=12 Friday May 28th, 2004 6:44:47 PM
Tyal is able to deflect the first rider's attack with his shield but this leaves him open to the other one. The blow takes him in the shield shoulder but he spins with it to lessen the impact.
He takes a swing at the worg as it goes by, the one who's rider hit him, with his morningstar. He quickly thinks over all the stuff that he knows about these type of creatures and the best way to battle them.
[hit: 20 and damage: 12]
[Tyal will pull out a map of the current battle and smiling show it to Namfoodle. "Good boy...you do not seem to appear on this." He laughs as he slaps the little guy on the back. "You wearing a ring of some kind that hides you?" *sorry could not help myself*]
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15, Low Light Vision) d20+6=20 3d6(4+3+4)=11 Friday May 28th, 2004 9:55:21 PM
Kashmari grins in an almost evil fashion as she targets her quarry. She focuses on worg WR6; not its goblin rider. The psion knows with absolute certainty that the worg cannot avoid her attack as long as she can see it.
Everyone within 100 feet of Kashmari hears the sound of a tremendous, far away swarm of insects. The humming sound grows louder and louder until it is almost deafening before abruptly stopping. All it took was the span of 5 or 6 heartbeats. The sudden silence is almost tangible. This unusual effect might make your skin crawl if you have never experienced it before.
After taking a deep breath Mykell feels a shockwave pass through him. The sensation is very disconcerting and jarring, but it does him no physical harm. Immediately afterwards he sees the air bulge in a wave-like fashion as the air is displaced by the considerable force. The worg is pummeled by the concussive force and is forced backwards a step.
(Manifesting Concussion (Psi lvl 2, costs 3PP), range 150ft, Save: Fortitude for half dmg, Save DC:20 (must roll 20 or better for half damage), Damage: 11pts)
(d20+lvl+ability mod= Save DC, 3d6= dmg) (Note: The worg will suffer the damage and effects during this round.)
(Mykell will suffer no penalties to his actions from the effect; other than possible mental anguish afterwards when he has time to think about what happend.)
Hart (Jay B OOC) Friday May 28th, 2004 10:38:34 PM
What kind of damage is done by psionics? Force or sonic? Or is it something totally different? Just curious.
Justin Webber (DM) Worgrider Battle cont d20+2=8 d20+6=17 2d6(1+3)+2=6 d20+6=18 2d6(3+3)+2=8 d20+6=21 d6+2=4 d20+6=8 d20+6=19 d6+2=5 d20+4=6 d20+4=12 d20+4=11 d20+4=23 d20+6=18 d20+6=18 d20+6=17 d20+6=10 Saturday May 29th, 2004 2:41:18 AM
Hart and Namfoodle are sneaking around on the enemies while the others press the combat farther.
Aelanthir casts his spell and moves in to attack on of the worgs.
Fern's attack misses the worg or the goblin rider.
Both of Eiras's arrows hit the worg he was aiming at. The worg quickly slams into the ground with 3 total arrows sticking out of it.
Henri's sword hits the gobling riding the worg towards him. The goblin howls in pain as it grips it's spear tighter.
Mykell's greatsword hit worg5 and cuts a nice gash into it.
Kashmari's psionic blast hits the same worg that Mykell hit.
Tyal's morningstar smashes worg4 but leaves it standing also.
WR1 stays where he is and stabs his spear at Henri. Growling in flusteration. (Can hit AC:17 Damage:3)
WR2 charges fully at Fern. The goblin rider blows a kiss at Fern and sneers. (Can hit AC:18 Damage:8)
WR3 charges past Tyal towards Eiras (AoA for moving past for Tyal) and stabs his spear at Eiras. (Can hit AC:21 Damage:4)
WR4 presses it's attack on Tyal. Stabbing his spear quickly at Tyal. (Can hit AC:8 Damage:miss)
WR6 presses it's attack on Mykell, the goblin is pretty upset at how his mount is acting funny. (Can hit AC:19 Damage:5)
WR7-10 stay out of the clearing and are watching. The worgs growl as they sniff at the air and both goblin and worg are watchful. (Watch checks from goblins:6, 12, 11, 23. Watch checks from worgs:18, 18, 17, 10)
(OOC: A quick comment. The camp site is 50 yards in all directions in a circle.)
Eiras {AC:20 HP:33/37, Low Light Vision} d20+6=26 d20+4=11 d20+5=24 d6+4=7 d6+4=9 Saturday May 29th, 2004 8:50:12 AM
Eiras drops his bow (free action) on the side away from the charging goblin and worg and draws his short sword and dagger (Move Equivalent action), and attacks the goblin.
Fighting two handed, Eiras weaves the short sword past the goblin's spear and hits near the dead center of the goblin's chest (Critical Hit AC:25 Confirm crit:24 Dmg:7+9=16. Eiras dagger however proves to be ineffective against the goblin, skipping along the length of the spear (AC:11).
Kashmari (about the Concussion Power) Saturday May 29th, 2004 11:14:44 AM
In this case it was force not sonic. The power's effect is pummeling damage; sort of like getting punched by a giant or something like that. The displacement of air in a "shockwave" is merely part of the display (a sort of side effect if you will) of the power. Naturally different powers do/cause different things.
Hart (OOC: Jay B) Saturday May 29th, 2004 11:37:40 AM
Justin, you updated the battle map, but didn't move us, you only seemed to move the bad guys.
Fern d20+8=12 Saturday May 29th, 2004 1:13:45 PM
Fern winces as the nasty worg and goblin get her I hope I don't get any nasty disease from them and immediatly strikes back.
attack: 12, miss
ooc: justin i don't mind if you play a character in your game as long as you don't fudge the dice:)
Namfoodle the goblin hunter d20+5=25 d20+8=22 Saturday May 29th, 2004 1:59:54 PM
Carefully the gnome slinks through the darkness. (Hide 22 Move silently 25 (natural 20)His plan is simple,get in close and let them have it.
Sir Henri(62/65hp - AC 18) d20+9=29 d8+3=12 d8+3=10 Sunday May 30th, 2004 1:15:53 PM
Henri step back but regains his ballance and strike again, this time he connect his blade hard into his enermy. Watches for others to attack.
OOC: I could not get into the map area, so i'm going to fight blind. Attack Ac 29(critical hit) - Damages 12+10=22hp.
Aelanthir (AC 18; HP 30/30; Invisible; Low-lght vision) d20+4=21 d20=16 4d6(6+1+6+4)=17 d6+3=6 d6+2=5 d20+10=26 Sunday May 30th, 2004 6:05:54 PM
Aelanthir draws both short swords then attacks W2 (hit ac 21/16 dmg 23(17+6)/5 total dmg 28.) After hitting the Worg, Aelanthir tumbles (15 feet) (tumble check 26) past Fern away from the Worg. Then comes right back up to his feet facing the direction of the Worg he just attacked.
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15, Low Light Vision) d20+4=22 d20+3=22 d20+26=37 d20+4=10 Sunday May 30th, 2004 6:06:50 PM
Kashmari easily reads the body-language of(WR6)the goblin. His annoyance at the worg is as plain as day. The corners of her mouth twitch as she surpresses a huge smile. The crafty psion moves deeper into the concealing foliage of the tree and concentrates on her message to goblin WR6.
While Kashmari takes two or three deep breaths as she focuses on the goblin her head is wreathed by a halo of faint, soft, silvery light that flickers like sunbeams shining through motes of dust.
Kashmari 'speaks' to the goblin in his own tongue. Her missive is simple enough, and with more than a grain of truth to it. *"The worgs will betray you. They will see you dead!"*
If the goblin recieves the missive he will also gain a halo of silvery, flickering lights; but his will only last for the blink of an eye.
Because Kashmari used the goblin tongue it will maybe be very difficult for it to realize that it only heard the voice in it's own mind. The Half-Elf fervently hopes that her missive is successful enough to turn the worg and rider against eachother.
(Spot (for WR6) 22, Sense Motive (reading goblin's body language) 22, Concentration 37)
(Manifesting Missive (Psi lvl 0, 1 free Talent), range 35ft, Save: Successful Will Save negates, Save DC: 10 (must roll 10 or better not to believe the missive. I hope goblins have little or no willpower! lol)
((OOC: Just an FYI, the comment I made on Saturday the 29th about the concussion power was an OOC comment; not an IC comment. I just forgot to write OOC in the post title.))
Hart (OOC) Monday May 31st, 2004 6:10:39 AM
I might be wrong, but besides Hart, I believe several other characters should have been adjusted on the map as well.
Hart should be, if going clockwise, at about 2 o'clock just outside the clearing.
Justin Webber (DM) OOC Monday May 31st, 2004 3:26:46 PM
Jay, I haven't moved player positions on the map to save myself the always complaint I have received in the past on moving a character some place they didn't want their character to be. The enemy movements atleast show where the enemy is currently on the map. I'm sorry if this is confusing people.
I will wait longertoday to make my DM post so Jay and anyone else who has not done a post can.
Tyal - HP: 31/40, AC: 15 (darkvision, bless) d20+8=17 d8+4=10 Monday May 31st, 2004 4:50:31 PM
Tyal easily deflects the spear attack off of his shield. He weaves his morningstar in a figure eight pattern and then launches an attack of his own.
He takes the time to call out to the others. "Anyone in need of healing just call out and let me know." His face is lit up in a smile as he engages the worg.
[hit: 17, damage: 10]
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Mykell Zweihand-AC:13-HP:47/58 d20+10=18 2d6(2+1)+6=9 Monday May 31st, 2004 5:09:32 PM
Mykell growls in pain when the goblin stabs him yet again and swings his greatsword at the worg in return, hoping to drop the creatures mount. (Can hit AC:18 Damage:9)
Justin Webber (DM) WR combat Cont d20+1=2 d20+6=11 d6+2=6 d20+6=9 Monday May 31st, 2004 10:30:37 PM
(OOC:A quick comment to Ceil. When you roll and have a critical the first one is like a threat, you have to roll a second to hit and if you hit the creatures AC then you get the critical. I let it pass this time but wanted to let you know and will explain it to you in AIM if you like later. :) .)
Eiras drops his bow and with his melee weapons injuring the goblin attacking him.
Fern misses with her attack which causes the goblin rider to laugh at her.
Namfoodle moves and is with in range of any of the WR in battle with the group and will be close enough to the ones out of the clearing with a simple half movement.
Henri slashes the goblin rider attacking him and scores a deep gash on the goblin.
Aelanthir slashes at and kills the worg from under the goblin who was attacking Fern.
Kashmari's message must of got through to the goblin riding the worg who is attacking Mykell for it quickly jumps off and glares at the worg.
Tyal swings and hits the worg that he had attacked earlier nearly dropping it.
Mykell hits the worg that he attacked last round, hurting it badly.
Hart has circled around and can hit either set of enemies he was working towards getting to.
Worg#2&5 are dead.
WR1 turns as the goblin is critically injured and urges his worg to retreat.
Goblin#2 growls and stabs it's spear at Fern, speaking threateningly in goblin, "Die female, forgets the money we makes on you." (Can hit AC:11 Damage:6)
WR3 begins to retreat since the goblin rider is injured badly, howlng as it does.
WR4 stabs at Tyal again which his spear, grinning as it does. (Can hit AC:9 Damage:0)
WR5 the goblin which is badly injured quickly turns and runs away.
WR6 watches the worg carefully yet as the worg growls and can't seem to figure out whats going on.
WR7-10 still stay out of the clearing watching before suddenly turning and beginning to ride away quickly. It is pretty clear to tell that they think this battle is hopeless to join.
Eiras {AC:20 HP:33/37 Low Light Vision} d20+10=25 d4+3=5 Monday May 31st, 2004 10:47:21 PM
Eiras curses at the retreating goblin rider, reverses the blade and throws the dagger at the injured goblin (Hit AC:25 DMG:5), then drops the short sword and picks his bow back up, stepping forward and assessing the situation.
Sir Henri d20+9=26 d8+3=5 Monday May 31st, 2004 11:05:21 PM
The paladin takes another swing at the enermy before he get out of his range of his sword.
OOC: Attack Ac 26 - Damage 5hp.
Fern HP: 29/37 AC: 16 d20+8=20 d8+3=5 Monday May 31st, 2004 11:16:09 PM
Fern dodges the goblin's attack and strikes back.
attack: 20 damage: 5
Hart's advantage and Loran d20+16=34 d20+17=27 d20+7=18 d20+7=17 2d6(1+3)+5=9 2d6(2+5)+5=12 d20+5=15 d4=3 d20+17=23 d20+20=38 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 12:59:59 AM
Active Spells: Shillelagh(wand)-extended(rod 2/3used) duration (2minutes)- third round
The satyr waits for his moment to strike and sees it when the goblins retreat. He approaches WR7 slowly, keeping down behind the grasses (Hide 34, Move Silently 27), he adjusts 5 feet.
The satyr bursts out of the brush and takes two violent swings with his staff, first striking the goblin with the up stroke and then the worg on the down stroke. (AC 18 goblin, AC 16 worg, shillelagh, 9 damage on the goblin, 12 damage on the worg). The satyr postures, twirling and swinging the staff over his head, coming to rest in one hand, staff tucked under one arm. "Eet would seem tat your oot noombered Smelly One. Leabe thees forest or meet your doom!"
Loran, having waited for his friend to reach a target, swoops in and goes for the worgs eyes and snout. (Flyby attack, AC 15, for 3 damage) The owl disappears into the night(Move Silently 23, Spot 38(darkvision/lowlight)).
Namfoodle (AC 19 Hp 30/30 Lowlight vision) d20+1=16 d20=20 d20=9 2d6(4+2)+2=8 2d6(1+3)+2=6 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 12:57:40 PM
(OOc I think this should work,if I understand what the PHB says about this,I take -4 to both attacks but. If you don't allow it,it's cool I have a backup plan)
Namfoodle looks at WR6 and draws a bead on it's mount and fires(AC 16 Damage 8,quickly he readjusts his aim and fires at the rider(Possible crit natural 20 confirm 9 damage 6))
(OOC if you don't allow it he will cast sleep on WR6 Save DC 16,and then he will ready an attack in case the Worg charges him.)
Aelanthir (AC 18; HP 30/30; Low-lght vision) Tuesday June 1st, 2004 2:54:31 PM
Aelanthir looks over the battlefield then casts Grease catching WR1 in its area. (reflex save DC 15 or fall)
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15, Low Light Vision) d20+6=23 3d6(2+3+5)=10 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 4:34:30 PM
Kashmari sees that most of the skirmishes are going well for the party. Just for the fear factor she focuses on WR4, and manifests Concussion.
The eery humming of thousands of insects is heard, and again it crescendos into an ear-splitting cacophony. It almost sounds quiet when the noise stops... A few seconds afterwards the worg WR4 is slammed by a bone-rattling force. This time only the target feels the air shift and pulse.
Kashmari will now wait for the enemy to make the next move.
(Manifesting Concussion (Psi lvl 2, costs 3PP), range 150ft, Save: Fortitude for half dmg, Save DC:23 (must roll 23 or better for half damage), Damage: 10pts)
(Note: The worg will suffer the damage and effects during this round.)
Tyal - HP: 31/40, AC: 12 (darkvision, bless) d20+9=10 d8+4=10 d20+3=21 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 6:20:59 PM
Tyal is able to once again slip his shield in the way of the goblin's spear and deflect it to the side. He smiles at the goblin and brings his morningstar crashing back in at the worg. "Can you run fast enough without your ride?" He laughs lightly as he waits to see if the goblin can understand him.
Then it is not as funny anymore as he feels his footing go bad. He pitches to the side with the momentum of his swing and just barely keeps his feet under him.
[hit: 10, damage: 10] [dexterity check to keep from falling 21]
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Justin Webber (DM) Combat and Running d20+10=17 Tuesday June 1st, 2004 11:23:50 PM
(Mykell post) Mykell swings his greatsword at the goblin attacking him but misses it.
The remaing worgs, goblins and those still riding turn to reatreat as they see the battle starting to turn bad on them.
Before the WR get to far away the attacks from the group bring down goblin#1 and goblin#3 and worg3&4. (This is not counting the previous two worgs killed worg2&5)
The two remaining worgs that had carried goblin riders into combat quicly run from the area and are out of site quickly.
Goblin5 runs away, taking sneering as the attack aimed at him misses. He quickly vanishes into the brush from the clearing the group is in, except Namfoodle and Hart.
Goblin2&4&6 turn and run as fast as they can. (This leaves a opening for a AoA from Mykell, Fern, Tyal, Aelanthir.)
The WR Hart hits growls and spits at him before kicking his worg into a faster retreat. The other Worg riders that remained outside of the clear (WR7-10) retreat as fast as possible.
Eiras {AC:20 HP:33/37 Low Light Vision} d20+12=32 d20+12=18 d20+12=18 d6+4=8 d6+4=7 d6+4=9 d6+4=9 Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 12:05:08 AM
Eiras seeing the goblins fleeing turns and shoots an arrow at Tyal's goblin and then at Fern's goblin. The first arrow tears into Tyal's goblin .{Hit:32 Possible Crit Confirmed Hit AC:18 dmg:24(8+7+9)}
The second arrow hits Fern's goblin squarely in its side. {AC:18 DMG:9}
Hart and Loran d20+5=12 d4=4 d6=2 Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 6:59:26 AM Active Spells: Shillelagh(wand)-extended(rod 2/3used) duration (2 minutes)- fourth round Creeping Cold - on goblin(1 of 3 rounds)- first round
The satyr looks on from behind the grasses as the worgs ride off. He then moves closer toward the camp, quickly exitting the forest and getting within 35ft of the nearest goblin. (casts Creeping Cold, fort save for half, DC17, taking 2 cold damage this round)
Loran on the other hand isn't so content. The owl follows the goblin, making himself a nuisance for several hundred feet. He swoops at the goblin's eyes. (AC 12(miss), 4 damage).
Shortly after the owl is lost in the darkness, there is a low hoot, soon after the owl and Hart are returned to the camp. "Tey weell be bery easy to track in tha morning. Tere beasts are large and heavy, tha goblins are dimwitted." Says the fey, very certain of what he says. "I can track tem. Tonight perhaps?"
Sir Henri d8+4=9 Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 10:31:31 AM
Henri take his stand again, but whe he see that the enermies are running away. Henri will go over to Tyal, putting his ungloved hand on his shoulder (curing him of 9hp of damages), "You Sir, oare one fearst fighter." To himself, he thinks 'I'll bet he'll never know who heald him??'.
Fern HP: 29/37 AC: 16 d20+8=23 d8+3=11 d20+8=22 d8+3=10 Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 12:22:21 PM
Fern quickly slashes at the retreating goblin and worg (goblin first if dies then worg).
Namfoodle Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 12:56:53 PM
(OOC I sat down and reread my books,what I tried was possible in 3e but not 3.5,I apologize for that. Disregard the first set of actions. He cast sleep on the worg and it's rider. DC 16)
Seeing the goblins running away makes him angrier than he was earlier,"Come back you spinless insects. Namfoodle has finally seen something a goblin is good at,but maybe not since it is your'e curs that are doing the running for you!" Shouting at the fleeing goblins.
Tyal - HP: 40/40, AC: 12 (darkvision) Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 1:58:50 PM
Tyal regroups himself and then turns to protect himself from further attack, only to find the worg and goblin retreating. He smiles as he raises his morningstar in a parting salute. "Parting is such sweet sorrow." He laughs at his own jest and then turns to survey the damage.
About that time he is healed and complimented by the paladin in the group or at least that is what he appears to be. "I thank you for the assist Sir Henri." He smiles at the man with sincere thanks and wonders if the man is surprised he remembered his name. "My profession and choice of lifestyles leaves only room for too options...fierce or dead...I prefer fierce." He cannot help but smile again as he flicks the residue off his morningstar.
Looking to Hart he then looks to the others. "Do we hunt the bloody orcs...or continue on with our original mission??" Either way he does not care, unless it means less profit in the longrun.
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Aelanthir (AC 18; HP 30/30; Low-lght vision) d20+4=13 d20=18 d6+3=7 d6+2=4 d20+14=30 d20+10=29 Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 4:21:05 PM
Aelanthir takes a quick strike with his short swords at the fleeing Goblin (WR2) (hitting AC 13 7 & AC 18 dmg 4.)
"I say we should quickly heal up then prepare ourselves and track these creatures back to their hole. Once we find where they are living we can notify the town and let a larger more battle ready group take them out as they probably have many more in their home then we could handle by ourselves. I would not mind sneaking in and causing a few problems for them personally." Aelanthir tells the others with a mischeiveous grin.
Kuari glides down to Aelanthir who then whispers to Kuari. Afterwards Kuari takes off quietly and follows after the goblins and worgs keeping in the upper part of the trees out of the goblins sight.
*** Kuari: move silently: 30 spot: 29 ***
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15, Low Light Vision) Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 4:54:28 PM
Kashmari secures her crossbow and removes the quarrel before putting it away for now. Seeing that the foe is fleeing without even a single glance behind them the Psion jumps down from the tree. Kashmari jumps down on the side away from where the goblins are fleeing and walks around the tree to join the others. She will be close enough to hear at least Aelanthir's comment about tracking.
"Track them or don't track them, it matters not to me. Do we have a way to send a message to the town about those pests?" Kashmari waves her hand in the general direction of the routed cowards.
Kashmari certainly has no qualms about making life miserable for the goblins and worgs. She grins slightly at the thought of harrying the spineless scoundrels.
Mykell Zweihand d20+10=21 2d6(1+6)+6=13 Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 7:26:13 PM
Mykell tries hitting the goblin as it turns and runs, figuring one less gobling is a good thing. He grins as he scores a hit on it (Can hit AC:21 Damage:13)
Justin Webber (DM) Music in the forest d20+1=17 d20+1=14 Wednesday June 2nd, 2004 10:39:54 PM
Most people seem to drop their attack as the goblins retreat.
Aelanthir is able to step over and attack goblin5 as it runs to excape, killing it. (Had to change the one you attacked considering the one you were will be dead by someone else)
Fern kills the gobling running from her also.
Eiras shoots and kills the goblin running away from Tyal.
Namfoodle's sleep spell doesn't seem to effect goblin6.
Mykell's sword cuts deep into goblin6 but leaves it alive as it runs, limping some now.
Hart's spell cetches one of the goblin and worg trying to excape but even knows it hits they still run for it.
As the group discusses if they should track down the goblins they suddenly hear very beautifully played harp music in the small forest your in. The harp music is so beautiful and pure sounding that it almost or does bring a tear to your eyes. It not only does that but seems to make each person feel they battle fatique if any fade from their body.
Goblin6 barely makes it out of the camp clearing when you hear it cry out in pain and then gurgle.
In the distance you also hear more goblin screaming and worg cries, you can tell from the sounds that the noise is not of the worg and goblins winning something but dying instead.
Hart and Loran 2d6(4+3)=7 d20+21=31 d20+21=33 d20+16=30 Thursday June 3rd, 2004 12:24:55 AM
(OOC: Did we get enough sleep for the spell casters to reprepare spells?)
Active Spells: Shillelagh(wand)-extended(rod 2/3used) duration (2 minutes)- fifth round Creeping Cold - on goblin(2 of 3 rounds)- second round
(Creeping Cold does another 7 points to the goblin)
Hart gathers his gear, preparing to track the worgs. Then he hears the music. "Doon't leesten. Tha moosic could haf thrall ober you! Should we check eet oot?" Looking at Kashmari, the satyr is somewhat confused. "Matters not? Eet should matter. Those creetures could be a sign of tha ootstretched hand of tha Shadow. Tha town matters nut! I agree wit your mate, he speaks true."
He looks into the darkness and sits, waiting for the group to make a decision. (Low light vision, Listen 31, Spot 33, Hide 30)
Loran sits in a nearby tree, snoozing until the group moves off.
Eiras {Low Light Vision} Thursday June 3rd, 2004 2:02:17 AM
Eiras says, "We have no more clear targets. I am going to retrieve what arrow shafts and arrows I can." With that he begins to retrieve the shafts and arrow heads that are undamaged from the worg and goblins he struck.
While he works, he says to the others in a low voice, "I would prefer to know from where the goblins hail. Even if we do nothing now, knowing their location does give us the opportunity that comes from that knowledge."
Aelanthir (low-light vision) d20+14=24 d20+10=27 d20+5=18 d20+4=22 Thursday June 3rd, 2004 5:42:50 AM
Hearing the sounds of the worgs and goblins dying Aelanthir gathers his gear then calls out to Kuari mentally calling Kuari back. Kuari will glide down and see what is killing the Worgs and Goblins before heading back to the camp (move silently 24, spot 27.) While waiting for Kuari Aelanthir will look about the area for any type of plants that may be toxic to the goblins if they injest it (knowlege nature 18, survival 22) gathering what he finds.
When back Kuari will share with Aelanthir what he saw.
Sir Henri Thursday June 3rd, 2004 7:50:10 AM
The Paladin answers Tyal "Just call me Henri, the title Sir does not help me in battle. I feel refresh, althow I do agree with Eiras. I would sleep better if I knew where these worgs and gobin riders come from." Henri will help pickup the bolts and arrows.
Mykell Zweihand Thursday June 3rd, 2004 1:46:32 PM
Mykell looks to the others as he begins pickingup his stuff ad repacking quickly. Afterwards he buckles his half plate armor on and now stands ready, listening to the music alittle he shakes his head, "The music does not seem to be harmful. Infact any tiredness I would have after a combat is gone."
Tyal - HP: 40/40, AC: 21 (darkvision) Thursday June 3rd, 2004 3:40:06 PM
Tyal nods to Henri and then tilts his head as he listens to the sudden sound of music. With a look to the others he smiles and shakes his head. "Seems the music is a prelude to something bad for the worgs and goblins." It is obvious that the sounds of more pitched battling rides the winds.
With a look in that direction he makes his way over to his gear and slips into his armor. After getting it on, you are suddenly gifted with a sight as the armor disappears to leave his standing in what looks like normal clothing. "I believe that our attackers have met with a spot of trouble." He takes a quick moment to pay service to Inana. "Thank you battle maiden for the strength I needed to fight well." He looks to the others as he slings his pack. "Our next move??"
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Fern HP: 29/37 AC: 16 Thursday June 3rd, 2004 4:16:18 PM "What lovely music." Fern says as she stands listening to it, she sends Huur to find out what is making the music but she just stands and listens.
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15, Low Light Vision) Thursday June 3rd, 2004 8:46:18 PM
Kashmari lokks at Hart's facial expression as she speaks to him. "I did not say not to hunt them!" The Half-Elven young lady laughs just slightly. "Which would you do immediately; if given the option, futilely chase the pesky mosquito or drain the fetide, still-standing pool that attracts it? I prefer to remove the pool first; then remove the pests." She waits patiently for the satyr to think about that. "Oh, and Aelanthir is my brother - not my mate." Kashmari isn't quite sure what to make of the odd music. Whatever it is she doesn't trust its unfamiliar source right now.
Justin Webber (DM) Music Thursday June 3rd, 2004 9:05:29 PM
The group arms up for more ocmbat and following the goblins or finding out whats up with the music.
Kuari comes back and tells Aelithur seeing lots of arrows shoot out of the trees and hitting the goblins and riders.
Huur comes back and tells Fern that in a small clearing alittle farther North of the group is a lone elf, playing a harp. The elf looks to be a ranger type or something like that.
Hart's response Thursday June 3rd, 2004 9:33:31 PM
The satyr looks, emotionless at the half-elf and answers with certainty. "Brother or mate, he still speaks truth. As fur tha mosquito analogy, both tha pool and mosquito haf tha right to exseest. Tey are part of the natural order, as are tha goblins. However, tha mosquito does whot eet moost to survive, tha Green Ones do malice fueled by hate. Tat ees tere nature.
As weeth tha mosquito, goblins spread like tha plague. Eet ees oonreasonable to tink tey can be all destroyed, however. Tha dogs tey ride are anoter issue. Tey are strong and dangerous. Tere litters often spawn, four or five at a teem.
I do nut want tem to destroy tha forest or towns. Eef we hunt tem, we do eet soon or nut at all, and conteenue wit tha mission."
The satyr looks to the forest as the music continues, concerned that it might be an issue related to the goblins attack. (Can he recognize the music as something fey-ish or elven? What sort of instrument is it?)
Hart and Loran d20+16=28 d20+21=27 d20+17=36 d20+21=27 d20+19=23 d20+12=25 d20+17=36 d20+20=26 Thursday June 3rd, 2004 9:46:47 PM
(The last paragraph in my last post should be disregarded as I didn't finishing posting until after Justin posted. Oops:).)
The satyr, hearing the news of the elf, grabs up his gear, hoots at Loran and proceeds toward the forest from where the elf hails. He moves along at his normal rate, as not to attract attention (leaving no trail and moving through the brush rather quickly, 40ft land speed). (Hide 28, Listen 27, Move Silently 36, Spot 27, Survival(to track or reading signs) 23)
Loran flies off ahead of the satyr. (Seeking the elf in the woods, Listen 25, Move Silently 36, Spot 26 in shadowy areas)
Eiras {Low Light Vision} d20+11=31 d20+11=16 d20+11=16 d20+11=25 Friday June 4th, 2004 2:06:08 AM
Eiras finishes collected arrows, rolling them up in linen for treatment later. He also retrieves his dagger from the body of the goblin.
He looks up occasionally, while he works, a slight smile on his face as he watches the half elf and the fey.
He looks suprised by the quick exit of the satyr and rolls his pack up, tying it up and securing t he begins to move towards the music as well. (Listen:31, Spot:16, Move Silent:16, and Track:25)
Sir Henri Friday June 4th, 2004 8:52:53 AM
Henri hurries to put his holy tunic, helmet on, picking up the back pack. Like any human male almost forgets to roll up his sleeping bag stows it away. Leaving nothing of his behind. He will follows the others to see where the music is comming from.
Fern Friday June 4th, 2004 1:15:09 PM
Fern and Huur follow Hart.
Namfoodle the Curious d20+7=25 d20+5=23 d20+7=20 d20+9=19 Friday June 4th, 2004 2:10:14 PM
Namfoodle watches the goblins and their mounts ride away,he thikns,"Just like roaches,you light a candle and they run. Just like roaches they will be back,and I have a will have a candle for them again."
Namfoodle hears the music and decides that he needs to see the source for himself. Such beautiful music must be learned.Creeping off into the shadows,he moves towards the music.(Hide 25 Move Silently 23 Spot 20 Listen 19)
When he gets close enough to see he does nothing but observe the the elf's technique,ad admire his skill.
Tyal Friday June 4th, 2004 2:36:06 PM
Tyal just shrugs and then follows the others as they make thier way towards the music. He is not as quiet as some of the others but he is not too worried about it, the music seems peaceful enough.
He glances into the clearing at the elf playing and shakes his head. "Figures." He is not too surprised that it was an elf, few others can make that kind of music. He waits to see what the others will do before he shows himself, but he makes no move to draw a weapon or arm himself in any other way.
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Kashmari (Low Light Vision) d20+9=18 d20+9=14 d20+4=16 d20+4=5 Friday June 4th, 2004 4:34:21 PM
Kashmari grins, "I guess you and I will just have to agree to disagree perhaps. My point is that the goblins and worgs are the lesser 'evil' and should therefore not necessarily take priority over our task to study the Shadow Boundary and its denizens." She tells Hart the first part in a way that sounds jocular, the second part was quite serious however. "Goblins and worgs will always breed like rabbits and plague good people. Most people can handle them though. Therefore it is not so important to me what we decide to do with them now. Demons and demon-kin are an entirely different matter." Kashmari realizes that she has spent a lot of time recently among 'settlement-dwelling' folk; folk that would heartily agree with her mosquito analogy. Seeing that most everyone is more curious about the music rather than persuing the goblins Kashmari glances over at Aelanthir and quirks a brow in inquiry. With a shrug she moves back to the tree she was in and collects her gear. The Half-Elf will follow the majority for now and seek out the mysterious musician.
(Move silently 18, Hide 14, Listen 16, Spot 5)
Aelanthir d20+5=25 d20+4=19 d20+10=26 d20+14=26 Friday June 4th, 2004 5:07:35 PM
Aelanthir pulls on his gear and goes along with the others while still harvesting anything that would be potentialy poisonous to the goblins and worgs (knowlege nature 25, survival 19.) Aelanthir will keep looking about while trying to harvest (spot 26.)
Kuari will keep an sharp watch on what is happening around and warn Aelanthir if there is any possible trouble (spot 26.)
Hart (OOC) Saturday June 5th, 2004 1:09:38 AM
OOC: Anyone following Hart should be making Spot and Listen checks, since he is hiding and moving quickly. :)
Justin Webber (DM) Elf songs Saturday June 5th, 2004 12:34:59 PM
Mykell follows along with the others that are not hiding and moving silently.
In the clearing is a lone elf, wearing leather armor, his brown hair is tied back and in his hands is a harp. (All elf, half elf or fey creatures on a Int DC12 will realize the harp is a legendary harp called the harp of the masters) The elf doesn't looks up but does speak after a moment, "If you wish to talk then please come on in. I am no enemy inless you plan to harm this forest grove."
You can see nothing around the clearing but you have the funny feeling that you are being watched by more eyes then the elf that is visible.
(OOC:Alittle history on the harp of the masters. It is a artifact that allows the user to play his music with a increased effect if he is a bard. It was last seen over 100 years ago in the elven village but was rumored to of been stolen. Recently though the elves have quit looking for it and people think the elves have possibly reaquired it.)
Namfoodle the humble d20+3=13 d20+8=17 d20+6=14 Saturday June 5th, 2004 1:33:18 PM
(OOC I wasn't sure if I should make an Int check or a Bardic Knowlege so made both Int 13 Bardic Knowlege 17)
Namfoodle sits quietly in his hiding place and observes the elf carefully. Immediatly,taking him up on his offered invitation to talk,he steps from his place of hiding(20 ft to the left of where the rest of the group has gathered.
His usual arrogance gone,"Ah yes,seeing you sitting there gives rise to a great many questions. I go by the name of Namfoodle for the time being. My traveling companions and I have no intentions of harming this forest or any of it's inhabitants,actually quite the opposite." The whole while he is staring at the harp in the elf's hands.
"I will let my companions introduce themselves to you on their own terms. What is your'e name good elf? I can't help but notice the exquisite craftmanship of your'e harp. I am a bard by profession,would you like to play a song or two later with myself and my hooved friend?"Knowing that the elf would never let him play such a highly prized instrument,but rationalizing that playing with someone with the legendary harp would be the next best thing.
(Diplomacy 14)
Aelanthir d20+4=22 Saturday June 5th, 2004 4:35:26 PM
Seeing the elf with the harp Aelanthir asks "so the harp has finally let someone find and play it?" Bracing himself with his right arm out a little from his body Aelanthir lets Kuari land on his shoulder then says "A pleasure to meet you, I am Aelanthir Willowholm and my owl friend here is Kuari."
Eiras {Low Light Vision} d20+2=10 Saturday June 5th, 2004 8:06:39 PM
Eiras enters the clearing, but stays near the edge.
In elvish, Eiras says "I mean this grove no harm. I would hear another song if you are willing. Your music is beautiful."
Eiras stays near the edge of the grove but does situate himself so that he can lean against a tree.
Sir Henri d20+18=37 Saturday June 5th, 2004 8:30:18 PM
The human following along with the party, enters this clearing, where every thing is peaceful and warm with friendship. He stands there for a moment, putting his back pack down, taking off his helmet witch was hididng locks of light brown hair, his eyes are mysterious green (witch you rarely find in Humans), He wares a tunic with a Sun on the frount, which shows him to be a paladin of Palor. The chainmail shirt under the tunic, beline the fact that he is wirery and thin, He's not a meat eater. He ask "Good Sir may I sit down and listen to your enchanting music? I am called Sir Henri Paladin of Beowulf, it is a title My Uncle the King gave me. But If you like just call me Henri or better known as Hank. WE come in peace, and would like to hear more of you music. Please play another beautiful song. Sir? Sir? I didn't catch you name." He smiles as he puts his long sword, shield om top of his back pack and disarms totally.
OOC: Diplomacy 37
Hart and Loran d20+16=31 Sunday June 6th, 2004 3:27:24 AM
The satyr is unconcerned at the prescence of the harp and doesn't understand the apparent interest in the instrument. It was a simple harp, nothing more.
"I don't harm nature. I'm a protector." He says in elven.
Loran perches atop the satyr's staff, waiting for something to happen. The owl peers at the elf with the harp.
The satyr props the staff next to a rock, Loran flies off to a tree. The satyr removes a set of pan pipes from around his neck. He sits down and plays along with the elf. He matches the tune almost perfectly, but oddly it somehow isn't the same. The harp has an apparent unique sound. (Perform - wind instruments, 31)
Kashmari [Low Light Vision] d20+4=18 d20+3=21 Sunday June 6th, 2004 4:26:40 AM
On the way to the clearing anyone near Kashmari hears a muffled thump of something hitting something stationary, a hopping sound and a slight hiss of pain and anger. (In fact it was Kashmari tripping over a tree root and hopping to keep her blance. That is what happens when you aren't looking where you are going!)
When Kashmari finally gets to the clearing she looks around and spots the seemingly lone male Elf sitting there playing a harp. It is not just any old harp either! Amazingly, Kashmari immediately recognizes it for what it is. The psion is not in the least surprised that the harp was recovered by the Elves. This man is probably some master bard in his own right.
Kashmari suddenly has to bite her tongue not to laugh out loud when she wonders what the Elf was thinking when a horde of bloodied adventurers sneak up on him all of a sudden. She is smiling widely at the humorous thought.
After completely surpressing her laughter; but still smiling, she steps out beyond the tree line and moves a pace or two closer to the Elf. Kashmari introduces herself in nearly flawless, melodic Elven. "Well met sir. I will be no less rude than my travelling companions and give you my name as well. I am Kashmari Willowholm; sister to Aelanthir." If the Elven bard bothers to notice he will see that Kashmari and Aelanthir do not even look alike, and that the polite, pretty young lady is what Elves call 'Half-Human'.
Kashmari does have the prickly feeling which usually indicates that you are being watched covertly. She remains relaxed; safe in the knowledge that if whatever it is decides to attack she will be 'well-armed'.
(Spot 18, Intelligence check 21)
Hart and Loran d20+21=29 d20+21=38 d20+19=32 d20+9=19 Sunday June 6th, 2004 4:54:11 AM
The satyr abruptly stops playing, noticing the feeling of peering eyes. (Listen 29, Spot 38)
He briefly glances around suspiciously at the ground, but tries to avoid being obvious that he looking at all. (looking for multiple signs of movement and direction, Survival 32, Bluff 19).
(Any signs of potential ambush? Just remember, you followed me! ;))
Tyal (darkvision) d20+8=27 d20+9=27 Sunday June 6th, 2004 3:48:05 PM
Tyal steps into the clearing and finds himself looking around at the surrounding area. He is just a little bit nervous as all his senses tell him that they are being watched. Glancing to the elf he just shrugs and inclines his head to him. "Simply call me Tyal." He looks to the others and then takes a seat on a larger rock to wait out thier next play.
He closes his eyes and lets his other senses tell him about the surrounding area though he makes no movements of any kind. He is alert without really showing it, which is hard to do.
(listen 27 and survival 27)
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Mykell Zweuhand Sunday June 6th, 2004 5:44:40 PM
Mykell enters the clearing slowly and looks around, he had made no effort at covering his approach since he is not good at that.
Mykell glances around and grins abit as he feels that there are more eyes here then just the elf playing the harp. After a couple moments Mykell speaks up, "Greetings noble elf. My name is Mykell Zweihand, I was raised in the elven home land after a caravan attack and once a soldier of Rainshell Harbor. Now though a simple mercenary by choice."
Justin Webber (DM) Elf Meeting Monday June 7th, 2004 2:44:23 AM
Anyone who looks around the clearing sees nothing, no movement, no sign of anyone or anything.
The lone elf looks up again after giving his harp a gentle strum on the strings, "I'm sorry dear people, My name is Melic a humble bard, part ranger and leader of the Glade Defenders. Yes, the Harp of the Master has returned to the elves since I did not find it asm uch as it found me. The harp seeks it's own master and if it senses someone better then me one day then it will move on."
The elf almost begins playing before jumping up and moving over to Kashmari, "my my my, what beauty has entered the forest. Even the flowers pale in your presense. The sun can not hold a candle to your radiance, the star shy their light at the approach of someone such as yourself."
The elf gives Kashmari and gentle kiss on the hand before moving back to the place he sat and looks to each person, "A simple song first but still good before we speak more." The elf slowly begins playing the harp again, the music pouring from it sweet and beautiful, the song a simple one of elven love.
When the elf finished he smiles and places the harp lovingly at his side, "Now, I'm glad to hear you are not hear to hurt this forest for my men and I would have to defend it like we just did. I'm sorry to tell you but there are none of the worgs and their riders left for you to hunt down. I have also heard rumors of a group of people being sent by Beowulf to go to the Shadow Boundary. From the looks of you all I would say you are it. I wish you well in your mission and will leave word that a quick enter and exit would be best."
The elf pauses a moments and beside him suddenly appears a single elf who you didn't notice till the cloak he holds in his hand is removed. The other elf leans down and whispers somethings to Melic before Melic goes on talking, "Clans Silver Beard, Stone Song and Hill Oath have began to march on the Shadow Boundary. The dwarves were against a open combat on the demons but those clans disobeyed what the dwarven king has said and marched on the Shadow Boundary now."
Eiras d20+11=30 Monday June 7th, 2004 4:22:22 AM
Eiras seems moved by the beautiful elven song. "The simple ones are always the best," he murmurs.
After the other elf appears next to Melic, Eiras begins to scan the woods again, more closely. {Spot:30}
After the announcement of the Dwarves on the march, Eiras says in elvish, "Very good. We could not have hoped for a better diversion to cover our own excursion. Come Master Melic, what do you know of the Shadow and is your advice of quick entrance and exit just common sense or some deeper council?"
Hart and Loran Monday June 7th, 2004 5:00:56 AM
Thinking to himself, the satyr wonders to himself, 'The dwarves hide in the earth, what reason might they have to to set assault on the Shadow?' Speaking elven, "What reason do the dwarves have for leading such an assault? Do they have enough soldiers? Why does their King not want them to invade?" It's obvious now to the group, at least those that speak elven, that the satyr has spent at least some time with the elves, more than the humans. His elven is better than his common, but its still the gravely voice.
The owl twitches at the sudden appearance of the other elf.
Sir Henri Monday June 7th, 2004 10:58:15 AM
Henri just sit there enjoying the songs, it seem to heals all wounds, his body and his head. When the elves and satyr speaks in elven, one eye brow rises and his smiles disapears. But says nothing just listens to their conversation on all side. He will continue to listen untill some one notices the paladin can understand what the elves are saying.
Namfoodle d20+8=15 Monday June 7th, 2004 1:07:20 PM
Watching carefully he,thinks this guy is good.
He listens halfheartedly to the conversations being held. The fact that the dwarves have gone against their clan's wishes is startling. Dwarves always listen to clan regardless of what's being said.
(Bardic Knowlege 15 to see if he has heard of Melic)
"This elf is well informed and his companion stepped from nothingness to deliver him that message. We seem to have found the company and hopefully the favor of powerful people."
Mykell Zweuhand Monday June 7th, 2004 5:38:18 PM
Mykell listens to the song played and the way the elf acts. He frowns alittle when the new elf showsup though and wonder exactly how many more are left out there but shrugs his shoulder after bit on the matter.
Aelanthir Monday June 7th, 2004 5:44:58 PM
"Have you and the other members of your band found the hole these goblins and worgs came from good Melic? Excuse me for being blunt but I don't recall the Harp ever choosing anyone that is just a humble bard. You and your band must be doing a great service for it to choose you. Please tell us what you can about the Shadow Boundry and what lies inside it." Aelanthir asks Melic calmly in common.
Kashmari Monday June 7th, 2004 6:47:57 PM
No woman can truly ignore well-worded flattery thus Kashmari is pleased and amused by the unusual attentions and compliments that the Elven Bard has shown her. 'It is a pleasant surprise to see that there are other Elves don't mind Elven half-breeds... must be my plain good-looks!' The Half-Elven young lady smiles at Melic and replies to his flattery, "Bard Melic you are most certainly gifted with a silver tongue. I scarcely believe that any Ladies of means among the People would let you out of their sight to roam the forests!"
Kashmari truly wonders what reason(s) Melic had for playing a love song; especially after showing her the same courtesies due a lady of rank! 'What is that wily bard up to??' She is rudely snapped out of her odd musings by her brother's (rude?) statement in common. Nevermind the fact that this Bard happens to know about them and their mission. Hmm...
She is mostly unfazed by the suddenly appearing Elf; that at least explains the feeling of being watched by hidden beings.
"Master Melic what House and Protectorate do you hail from?" Kashmari fully expects a Noble House of some sort considering the bard's fine mannerisms, and greater knowledge of the World Politic.
Kashmari turns a little towards her brother and gives him a significant look. 'Brother mine, hello!! Tactless!' She thinks with just a little annoyance. Her facial expression shows just the slightest hint of the annoyance that she feels right then and there. Up until her faintly visible annoyance the was smiling prettily. Now she looks at Aelanthir with a far more neutral, somewhat annoyed look.
Tyal (darkvision) Monday June 7th, 2004 8:26:43 PM
Tyal listens to the music but is only partially listening. He has other things on his mind now that will need attention he knows.
With the appearance of yet another elf his feelings double as he does not like to be outmaneuvered by anyone. Still the news that some of the dwarves would go against thier clan king is grave news indeed. "A splinter among the dwarves?" It is little more than a simple statement type question that needs no answer, but those that know the dwarves will understand his concern.
He lets the others ask questions as he files away little bits of information of import to him. It would seem that they have more troubles than they originally thought.
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Justin Webber (DM) Melic Answers Monday June 7th, 2004 10:15:31 PM
Melic shrugs off the rudeness displayed and looks to each person before strumming the harp once as if it alone holds all his answers, "It is sound advice for you to go in and out quickly. The demons are cunning and careful and may even expect some trick."
Melic strums the harp a few more times and then looks up at the group, "I am 1st son of Morcrus De'Harmony the head magistrate of the Silvery Castle of Larista. This forest is my responsablity though so do not worry about this place my friends."
Melic thinks and nods before speaking, "We elves have sent one patrol into the Shadow Boundary and one lone person came out of the dozen we sent in. The lone elf died many hours later from injuries but his words were of a great pyramid of sorts that many demons were gathered at. We do not know what the pyramid is but if the demons are as abundant as rumored then the dwarves do not stand a chance taking the battle to the enemy at this moment. The dwarf king decreed that the battle with the Shadow Boundary would wait till more info was gathered but the clans I mentioned have decided they do not want to wait till the problem is knocking at their door."
Melic plays a couple notes on the harp, the notes long and sad sounding, "The elven council has decided no aid is to be given to the dwarves marching. Our pact with the dwarf king forbids it since the dwarf king has demanded that the elves not help. The dwarf king is stubborn and thinks that the dwarf clans marching now will merely come home after seeing how badly the enemy out numbers them or over powers them. Not only that but having went against the dwarf kings word has insured the no ally can help the dwarves who disobey without causing diplomatic problems. As any of you may know, those are problems we elves can not afford considering it took over 500 years to finally get a treaty with the dwarves."
Eiras Monday June 7th, 2004 10:29:07 PM
{OOC:By default Eiras always speaks in Elvish. He did speak to Beowulf in Common but Elvish is always his first choice. Just an FYI so that I don't keep writing into my posts 'in elvish'}
"If you do not mind a few more questions, I would ask more of the one patrol that was sent in to the Shadow Boundary," Eiras asks.
Assuming Melic minds not the questions, Eiras continues, "The patrol you sent in, how long was it gone? How long were they supposed to be gone? Did the have a particular objective in mind? Where did they enter the Boundary and where did the lone elf exit?"
Finally, Eiras asks, "Do you think the fact that we are reconnoitering the boundary may mean something to the clans and the Dwarf King? Maybe the clans could amass near the boundary and wait for word from our own expedition? That might still provide a worthy diversion for us with the Boundary denizens."
Hart Monday June 7th, 2004 11:36:28 PM
The satyr sees only one question to ask. "Which direction did the dwarves and elves enter?"(In elven.)
fern Tuesday June 8th, 2004 1:40:37 AM
Fern just sits and listens to the music and conversation. She appears to be thinking or dreaming.
Namfoodle the Mood Changer d20+10=25 d20+2=19 d20+5=21 d20+4=6 Tuesday June 8th, 2004 2:20:46 PM
Seeing that the elf outclasses the group in skills and knowlege,and noticing his annoyance towards the group. He grabs his lyre and says,enough of the gloomy talk,we should all be happy,the goblins have been disposed of,and we have met a new friend. Things may not be as good as they should be but they are not as bad as they could be."
He immediately begins to play his lyre,although this time it is acompanied by a series of jumps and flips,it is a very elaborate routine,and yet the song ( a gnomish party favorite) doesn't falter one bit.(Perform lyre 25 Tumbling 19 Jump 21 OOC that last roll wan an accident.)
Aelanthir Tuesday June 8th, 2004 4:38:03 PM
Aelanthir continues to listen to what everyone is saying while mentally taking notes about what is happening.
Sir Henri d20+18=38 Tuesday June 8th, 2004 5:26:58 PM
Henri agrees Namfoodle, "Yes! Things are getting too gloomy." Henri gets up and stomp his foot, clapping to the beat of the music. "Here we go, come let's dance," he ask the group even going over to Karhmari Bowing to her asking, "My Lady, would you honner me with a little dance?". He smiles and hold hand out for her to accept or refuse.
Henri is using all his charm and diplomacy he can muster. (38 diplomacy)
Mykell Zweihand Tuesday June 8th, 2004 6:04:36 PM
Mykell glances around as the group talks and some try to lighten the mood, he mentally applauds those trying to lighten the mood before speaking up, "Melic, you would have to forgive some of us for our mission is something that must be taken seriously. As a mercenary I can agree with them in that. Diplomatic actions are not my strong point however so the dwarf diobeying the king means alot but yet is out of my hands so I can not afford to worry about it. My only worry at the moment is making it in the Shdow Boundary and out without getting killed."
Mykell nods to Melic and speaks once more, "Any more info you can give us will be of great help though and I thank you for the knowledge you offer."
Tyal (darkvision) Tuesday June 8th, 2004 7:56:56 PM
Tyal moves over to take a seat near Melic and turns to face him. "Does your scout have any information on the elven raid on the Boundry as well?" He glances to the other elf and inclines his head to him in greetings and admiration. "I would ask him a few question about the Boundry if he does so that you can concentrate on the others at this time." He has no problems with relaying any information that he recieves from this other elf.
He glances to the others as the gnome takes up lyre and starts to play and tumble. He smiles lightly but does not join in with any of the dancing or the like. It is hard for him to sit there and watch as Henri tries to persuede Karhmari to dance. Depending on what Meric has to say he will slip off with the elf anyways and talk to him of the woods, since the elf is one of it's guards.
DOMAIN SPELLS 1st: divine favor 2nd: summon monster II
SPELLS 0th: detect magic, read magic(2), purify food and drink, create water 1st: bless water, divine favor, endure elements(2), bless 2nd: bull's strength(2), hold person, sound burst
Hart and Loran Tuesday June 8th, 2004 10:24:03 PM
The satyr looks around at the group, not sure what to make of all the merriment. He sits on a nearby stone and waits. The satyr grows impatient and repeats, "Which direction did the dwarves and elves enter?"(In elven.) He grows more and more restless as the group, with the exception of Mykell and Eiras, seem to be losing whats left of their minds. He stands and begins pacing like a caged animal. Thinking to himself, This Namfoodle is quite inappropriate at times, this being one of them. He may not be entirely stabble.
Loran perchs atop the staff, preening his feathers.
Kashmari d20+6=20 Wednesday June 9th, 2004 12:10:16 AM
Kashmari is surprised at the sudden outburst of new music. She certainly wasn't expecting to be asked to dance! Kashmari doesn't know what to say at first. A little charm and polite manners has almost always been effective on her. She just cannot resist Henri's attempt at charming her!
Finally after a little thinking she politely accepts the offer. Dancing in the middle of a glade amidst plans for scouting and battle seems a tad out-of-place to her. She smiles tentatively though and shows no indication of the fact that she thinks this is unusual behaviour.
"Dance? Why not?" Kashmari answers politely inspite of her surprise at being asked. "One dance and then we need to continue with our mission?" She takes Henri's hand and give him the priviledge of one dance.
Kashmari wonders if that legendary harp has anything to do with any of this unusual mood altering. Everyone seemed serious enough before now! When the one dance is over she hopes that some truly useful information can be gleened from the Elves. Elven and Dwarven relations don't really concern her all that much. It is far more important to work together to end the threat from the denizens of the Shadow.
(Willpower check (to se if she is charmed by Sir Henri) 20)
Justin Webber (DM) More Talks Wednesday June 9th, 2004 2:17:33 AM
Melic watches those about his and shrugs after a moment before looking to Hart first, "My impatient friend you must learn to be more patient in such matters. We both are a long lived race and everything comes in it's do time. The elf patrol left straight from the forest and into the Shadow Boundary from that side. We have no clue where or exaclt when the dwarves will make their stand."
Melic strums his harp as he thinks over the other questions, "The patrol was gone three weeks. We have no idea what info it might of gathered though since the lone elf who excaped was battle burned, his eyes had a gash from a fiery whip so he was blind and from all acounts his tongue was ripped out. He was to badly injured and had to much blood loss to live long. The elves were simple info gathers for us. We had all intentions of starting a war with the Shadow Boundary and try friving it from out land but after loosing that patrol we are being much more cautious."
The elf who appeared suddenly speaksup, "The dwarves will consider any help you give the disobeying clans as a direct challenge to his authority. This in turn will mean you would gain no help from the dwarves if the time ever comes when you meet them. My suggestion is as Lord Melic said, enter quick and exit quicker after getting your info."
Melic looks to Tyal and shrugs, "Any questions you have may be asked good sir. My harp and me love company of others rather it be human, elf, gnome or other kind races."
Eiras Wednesday June 9th, 2004 7:45:56 AM
It is hard to gauge Eiras' reaction to the gnomes antics or the knight's dance with the half-human, because he is shrouded in his scarves and hooded.
Looking at the second elf who spoke up, Eiras sounds irritated, "I guess the Dwarf King would rather see his wayward clans slaughtered rather than have their march put on hold while information is gathered to give to the Dwarf King on the Shadow interior...ahh the wisdom of Dwarves is as great as their stature."
EIras turns back to Melic, "I thank you for the information. One more question if I may, the lone survivor, did he exit the same place that the patrol entered or was he found near the boundary at another location?"
Hart Wednesday June 9th, 2004 7:50:41 AM "If this Shadow is allowed to grow further, even the long lived races will not have much time. Patience is not a virtue I'm willing to take time to learn currently, these circumstances dictate such things. We must continue now. The dancing must seize!" He says in response, this time in Sylvan.
Sir Henri d20+8=18 d20=19 d20=18 Wednesday June 9th, 2004 10:01:56 AM
Henri dances with the beautiful Karhmari, when up close to her, he whispers 'when we dance around the fire, let's try to see or sence the presants of other invisable elves. I still fell uneasy here. I'll try to sence motives just to see what I can find out. So let's make a nice impressions.' He smiles at her as they dance, But all the time he's looking around (as he twerls her, also listening very cafully.
OOC: Sence Motive - 18 Spot - 19 Listen - 18
Aelanthir Wednesday June 9th, 2004 3:50:23 PM
Aelanthir watches as Kashmari and Sir Henri dance about wile listening to what Melic says. Aelanthir waits for the others to say what they have to say then asks Melic "how far are we from the location that the elven patrol entered and exited the Shadow Boundry?"
Namfoodle the Content Wednesday June 9th, 2004 5:04:39 PM
Wrapping up his exotic performance,he bows flourishing a cloak that he is not wearing. Looking around and making a mental note of those that participatied in his performance,he thinks to himself"Now that there is some light let us further deal with this darkness.
To Melic,"I apoligize good elf,but I did see darkness wrapping itself around our spirit."Walking closer to where all the discussion is going on."You of all people here know that you cannot face the darkness without light,even if that is just a light heart."
As he passes Henri and Kashmari,"Well don't you make the fetching couple." He whispers in elvish. Smiling mischeviously.
"I did not mean to offend you or make you think that I am making light of the whole situation,I am not. I know that we are facing the most vile creatures in existance,but if we give up happiness and laughter,then we have already lost the war and there is nothing to fight for. For what good is life if you can't enjoy it? There I go rambling,I will sit quietly and listen to what you have to say."
He sits down and reaches into his belt pouch and begins to apply some polish to his lyre.
Kashmari d20+4=23 d20+6=24 d20+3=13 d20+4=9 Wednesday June 9th, 2004 6:32:32 PM
Kashmari smiles in return. She whispers to Henri, "Where you lead with this, I will follow. Making nice impressions should be no trouble."
The Half-Elf also pays fairly close attention to her surrounding as she dances (at least visually!). She searches carefully for anyone or anything trying to conceal itself, but she is at a loss for hearing anything beyond the music and what Henri says to her. It is also unclear as to whether or not she senses 'anything'; or any 'moods', out of the ordinary around herself.
Kashmari can't help but catch Namfoodle's comment. Feeling secure that the gnome bard is merely joking she laughs just a bit and smiles even more; absolutely humored by the gnome's words.
[To Henri only, whispering] "I see we made quite a good impression! So are we indeed a fetching couple??" Kashmari's comment is good-humored, and she is honestly curious about what Henri might answer to that question - and wherether or not he will be surprised about her question.
Her brother must be upset with her since he is so quiet about her dancing. Kashmari hopes that the others gleen some more useful information from these other people.
(Spot 23, Search 24, Sense Motive 13, Listen 9)
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday June 9th, 2004 7:04:54 PM
Mykell stretches and listens to what is said by Melic before looking around and nodding, "Give a direction sir Melic and I believe we would probably be on our way."
Mykell glances at Sir Henri and Kashmari, simply shaking his head at the two before whispering to himself in Treant, "Romance on the horizon maybe. Have to wait and see."
Tyal (darkvision) Wednesday June 9th, 2004 10:29:15 PM
He moves off with the other elf and sits on the grass with him for sometime. He will inquire of the elf the following questions.
1) Are there any major concerns to be aware of in the forest at this time? 2) Has he seen a lot of undead in the area lately? 3) How long will they be in the area and could they count on them for help if they have to retreat? 4) Does he think Melic would like to get any information from them that they gather if they are still in the area on the groups return visit?
Getting an idea of what the opinions of the elves are he will pass along the information the first chance he gets. He suddenly hopes that they are ready for this little recon mission.
Justin Webber (DM) Elf talks ending Thursday June 10th, 2004 12:46:20 AM
Melic looks to Eiras, "The elven man left the Shadow Boundary at the same spot that the elven patrol entered."
The elf that had appeared looks to Tyal and nods as he listens, "We should be in this area for another day and a half. We will only beable to help if any threat enters this forest at the moment. Melic is always interested in info on the Shadow Boundary, he would report it back to the Magistrate."
Kashmari and Henri end their dance and didn't spot no one even knows the feeling of being watched still continues but abit less annoying now.
Melic smiles and stands, looking to Sir Henri and Kashmari, "You two are weary and cautious. I will ease you wonderment before me and my men move on to check the rest of the forest." Melic runs his fingers over the harp before swinging it onto his back where a strap holds it. The beautiful note that he just strummed echoes through the woods for a moment before you suddenly see a group of a dozen elves who you didn't notice till they pull off their cloaks like the previous one had done.
Melic nods and smiles, "These are my men and we owe special thanks to the master weaver of the elven city for his excellent weaveing and magic use on out cloaks. All though we are nothing compared to the team we elves call "The Ghosts"."
Melic waves to his men, "Move out now, we cover the rest of the forest now and then we will be camping here for another day or so." Melic looks back to the group before speaking again, "Good luck to all of you and good fortunes I hope." Melic winks to Kashmari and now having noticed Fern more he winks to her, "Ladies in a group of so many men. I think I'm jealous of this group already. Look me up my dears if you ever make it to the elven city and I will give you good song, good drink and food and good company."
Hart and Loran Thursday June 10th, 2004 8:09:45 AM
The satyr looks at the elves with suspicion, but thinks nothing more (except those cloaks!).
"We go." The satyr begins to move off in the suggested direction. Ghosts... seems fitting., he thinks.
The owl circles the group of elves and buzzes Melic, landing on his shoulder. There's a hoot from the satyr, then the owl is suddenly back atop the staff.
The satyr and owl head, briskly, out of the clearing.
Sir Henri Thursday June 10th, 2004 9:34:09 AM
Henri stops dancing, still facing Karkmari, "I knew it! I knew that there were more of them." Henri kisses the back if Karkmari hand (very softly) looks into her eyes, "I thank you very much for the dance, you were a great help to me. I'm sure that you also could feel their presents of his men. Now as for Melic's invitation, must be very tempting. But now it's back to work." He bows to her, then grabs his gear and follows the rest of the group.
Namfoodle d20+7=25 Thursday June 10th, 2004 2:30:02 PM
Sitting there polishing his lyre,he begins to listen to the surrounding conversations carefully.(Listen 25)
After Melic's parting comments he stands up,"I will hold you to that promise,good elf. I will regale you with the tale of our journey and we will dazzle the multitudes,with our skill." Then winking at the elf,and slipping back to the elvish tounge,"We thank you for your'e aid. May your'e days be filled with peace,and your'e nights with enjoyment." Bowing gracefully,he turns around and heads towards his mule.Chuckling and smiling,the entire walk.
As he passes Kashmari and Henri,he whispers in elvish again,"Yes,quite the fetching pair." This time stopping and looking at them for a few seconds,stroking his beard with his left hand."Namfoodle has done it again."
Eiras Thursday June 10th, 2004 3:09:23 PM
Eiras stands and looks around to the others in the group. Looking back to Melic, he says, "Where will you be after today? When, and if we exit the Boundary I would like to make sure we pass on our information to you or someone else who can give it to the King."
After a reply, Eiras says to the group, "I will take the lead if that is fine, well besides our Fey friend. I would like about 60 feet distance head start. I will signal like this *bird call* if I see someone or something ahead that looks dangerous or like this *bird call*, otherwise."
If no one has an objection, then Eiras moves to the front of the group.
{OOC:Justin - should I be level 4 or five? I am sorry to be so dense about this, but I am still confused}
Tyal (darkvision) Thursday June 10th, 2004 6:35:06 PM
Tyal nods to the elf for his answers. "If we make it back by then I will give you all the information that I can." He knows from the sounds that they are almost on thier own and can expect little assistance if they run into trouble.
He gathers up his pack as he gives a bow to Melic. "Hopefully we will make it back before you leave." He will move out with the others as they leave as well. He has no objections to anyone taking point if they want it.
Hart and Loran Thursday June 10th, 2004 6:47:05 PM
The satyr remains in front, regardless of the layout of the group. He is a solo act in an otherwise already cohesive group. Looking at Eiras, he says in elven, "What sort of bird was that? Sounded like a wounded squirrel with nuts in it's cheeks." There is a condasending tone in his voice, but yet, a joking smirk on his lips, albeit a thin, hidden grin.
Loran pokes his head out from under his feathers and cocks his head as if to ask, 'What in the heck was that?!' He peers around, uncertain of the sounds location.
Aelanthir and Kuari Thursday June 10th, 2004 7:14:52 PM
Aelanthir looks to Melic then says "good hunting and thank you for the information." Aelanthir then tells Kuari "time to go. Keep above and watch for problems." as Aelanthir launches Kuari off into the air from his shoulder. Aelanthir smiles at Kashmari and Sir Henri then takes up a wandering position with in the group as they travel.
Kashmari Thursday June 10th, 2004 7:48:31 PM
Kashmari smiles and nods slightly to Henri, "I felt their presence as well. I thought that maybe they could have been spirit guardians, but obviously not!" Kashmari is whispering lowly when she confides this to Henri.
"Surely it is I who should thank you for the priviledge Henri. I do not often have cause, or the chance to dance." Henri has shown Kashmari that the art of Chivalry clearly isn't dead. She is not used to being treated with that much courtesy. Even if the reason behind it all was information gathering.
She takes careful note of Melic's offer. She grins, "I thank you for your generous offer m'Lord."
With a slight laugh she answers Henri, "yes his offer is far more tempting than skulking around in demon territory. Still a contract is a contract. The quicker we ferret out the secrets of the shadow the better."
The young lady finds Namfoodle's new comment to be awfully cute and humorous, but she doesn't say anything in response. The Half-Elf certainly wasn't thinking of any romance and such... She was thinking of the pay when she signed on! She finds the all attentions that she has been receiving recently completely unexpected.
Hart hurries off into the forest and she stifles a laugh, "do all satyrs rush off like that, or is that just a trait that is all your own?" Kashmari calls over to Hart. She does not expect an answer. "It is almost as though you dislike the company of 'cultured' beings!" Kashmari isn't about to compare humanoids and animals. Any comparisons like that would probably send Hart into a fit of anger by her way of thinking.
Kashmari will make sure that she is somewhere near the middle of the group and near to Aelanthir when they continue onwards. "It is the same for me who takes point. I prefer to be somewhere in the middle of the marching order."
Before leaving the clearing she picks up her gear she dropped earlier and makes ready to travel onwards.
Mykell Zweihand Thursday June 10th, 2004 7:55:56 PM
Mykell bids farwell to Melic and his elven band before moving out with the others, he moves to the front of the group, leaving Hart and Eiras to take lead though as Mykell brushes a hand through his black hair, pondering before sliding the visor helm on and shutting the visor so his face is hidden from sight.
Justin Webber (DM) Moving out Thursday June 10th, 2004 10:46:12 PM
Melic answers the question posed to him quickly and comments, "We will be here and will know if you enter the forest, no worries on finding us."
The group slowly moves off again and shortly and without anymore problems exits the small forest. Ahead of you just a few more miles is the Shadow Boundary looming and the great elven forest to the west side of it.
The ground is flat here and traveling to the Shadow Boundary goes easy and you soon find yourself standing infront of the huge curtain of darknesses that actually stretches from the ground to the sky. The darkness is huge otherwise to, it looks to stretch over 400yards from west to east and leaves only a slinder gap between the elven forest and itself. The gap between the two is no more then 12ft wide.
Hart and Loran Friday June 11th, 2004 1:24:05 AM
The satyr stops about three feet from curtain and sticks in his staff for about 4 seconds. He removes it and if there is nothing wrong with it, he strides confidently into the breach.
The owl hesitates briefly.
Justin Webber (DM) Answer Friday June 11th, 2004 1:33:04 AM
Eiras: Wanted to comment real quick that your character should be 5th.
Eiras d20+12=28 Friday June 11th, 2004 2:33:34 AM
Eiras chuckles at the Fey's jest. In Sylvan, Eiras replies, "Yes that is the rare Squirrel-n-nut bird that migrates to obscure regions of our forest."
When he comes to the Boundary, Eiras stops for a moment, taking it in. Then he moves to look for footprints or other tracks that might indicate how travelled this area is and what might be travelling here (Survival-tracking:28 or 30 if it happens to be a demon)
After he spends some time looking, Eiras stands up and either follows a trail into the Boundary if he was successul or makes a direct entrance near the place the Satyr entered.
Fern d20+5=10 d20+10=22 d20+8=24 d20+18=22 Friday June 11th, 2004 12:49:27 PM
Fern leaves the clearing with the others. She had been standing so quietly that she went almost unnoticed. She and Huur keep an eye out for trouble.
spot checks fern: 10 huur: 22
move silently fern: 24 huur: 22
ooc: sorry i havent been posting my knee popped and I stayed off the comp.
Namfoodle the wary d20+5=10 d20+7=20 d20+6=15 Friday June 11th, 2004 1:21:32 PM
As the group makes their goodbyes,he makes sure his equipment is secure and accounted for.
He takes up position near the rear.(not last but close) As he walks he takes in his surroundings(Listen 20 Spot 10) Arriving at the barrier,he is taken back by the presence of the shadow.(Handle Animal 15) After some time Namfoodle manages to caox his companion into the barrier. Just before he enters himself he lights a torch,and offers a prayer to all the gods to see him through this ordeal.
Mule balks at being told to enter,
Sir Henri Friday June 11th, 2004 7:01:06 PM
OOC: Please place me somewhere in the line up.
Sir as he follows the party, when he arrives at the Curtain of Darkness, He then take the wooden Holy Symble and touches the darkness with it. He shakes his head, turn and enters the unholy ground.
Tyal d20+8=13 d20+8=14 d20+10=19 Friday June 11th, 2004 8:57:51 PM
Tyal follows along with the other and then stops with some of the others at the boundry. He watches as a couple of them enter right off while others wait a few seconds. "Inana...into the breach I move once again." He slips into the boundry with the others.
He draws his morningstar and shield as he enters. Scanning the area he searches for the others and anything else of note.
[listen: 13, spot: 14, survival: 19]
Mykell Zweihand d20=8 d20+6=7 d20+5=12 Saturday June 12th, 2004 3:53:58 AM
Mykell moves along with the others and watches those react to the Shadow Boundary in their own way.
Mykell shrugs guessing that this couldn't be no worse then the strange noise back in the WR battle and slowly moves to the Shadow Boundary. Decideing what the heck he glances back even knows his vizor helment hides his face and as he steps through says in as much of a bluff as possible (Bluff untrained: 11 *forgot bonuses for stat), "Ahhhh, somethings dragging me in. I'm going to be eaten."
On the other side Mykell grins and looks around te are, curious.
(Spot:7 Listen:12, crappy rolls)
Shadow Boundary
Justin Webber (DM) Into the shadow Saturday June 12th, 2004 10:07:08 PM
The group moves into the Shadow Boundary. Hart finds nothing wrong with his staff when he tests it and nothing happens to Henri's holy symbol either.
Inside the Shadow Boundary the group is welcomed by a site just like the one inside the magic flame that Servain used to scry the area. You see large, dark and twisted looking trees. Some brown leaves hang from the branches but the trees do not look dead as much as just like they are naturally this way. A smell of decay can be noticed in the air, not sure from what but there none the less. Some bushes are in this area also, large 4inch thorns on the bushes that area just as brown as the bush itself. The tips of the thorns look somewhat barbed and also have a tinge of red to them.
You see no sign in or outside of Shadow Boundary of movement. Either the creatures entering and exiting cover their tracks or something. The ground is rather hard though and not much grass grows near to the Shadow Boundary on the outside.
You can hear no sounds within the current area. No sun shines through the Shadows that make up the sky or the walls of the Boundary but yet it is lit up inside like it was sunny outside.
Hart and Loran d20+16=21 d20+19=34 d20+16=28 d20+21=31 d20+17=20 d20+21=34 d20+12=31 d20+17=25 d20+20=28 Sunday June 13th, 2004 4:31:37 AM
The satyr is visibly shaken at the appearance of what they find inside the Shadow.
Loran tucks his head under his wing, as if shielding himself from the vision.
Hart takes a mental picture of the area where they entered and is soon back to his stoic self. (Knowledge Nature 21, Survival 34) He seems to take in everything around, even though the sight is agonizing. He looks around, making the universal waving motion that means 'Quiet!'. He lowers his profile and slinks carefully into the brush. Hart also wants a 'higher' vantage point in which he can 'oversee' the forest. (Hide 28, Listen 31, Move Silently 20, Spot 34(low-light vision))
The owl takes flight, careful to avoid stirring the branches. (Listen 31, Move Silently 25 and Spot 28(darkvision/low-light vision)) Loran might be out seeking something, or just trying to hunt. (Whats the story on the rodent population in the Shadow? Can Loran expect food soon?)
(What sorts of twisted versions of trees are around? Is the dirt 'normal'? Etc. Anything nature related, Hart looks at, ponders over and otherwise scrutenizes down to the last detail. He's especially intent on the thorns, since they seem to be the most prominent feature to him (what sort of plant?). Is foliage sparse? Are tall trees in short supply? Etc)
Sir Henri d20=20 d20=10 d20=10 Sunday June 13th, 2004 8:35:00 AM
Henri step into the Shadow, he is shock at the scene in frount of him. he was not expecting this. Right now there is nothing evil here, but that could change soon, Very Soon. He keeps his wits about him, he'll advance as quitly as he can and that is tough in metal armor, looking about all the time and listening to the slittest sound in any direction.
Aelanthir and Kuari d20+14=34 Sunday June 13th, 2004 3:02:03 PM
As Aelanthir moves through the Shadow border Aelanthir motions to Kuari to come to him. Kuari takes the hint and quickly flies down to Aelanthir then flies into a pocket on Aelanthir's vest vanishing from sight.
Aelanthir then looks around trying to see if there is anyplace that may be used as a defensable location (spot 34.)
Kashmari d20+4=20 d20+4=11 d20+6=17 d20+9=21 Sunday June 13th, 2004 3:46:45 PM
Kashmari spends no time gaping at the Shadow. She gives Mykell a "suffering" look for his bad attempt at a joke. Kashmari steps through the Shadow with no trepidation, then she takes in the dismal, twisted vista. 'I suppose that it is typical of demon kind to bring visions of the abyss with them when they travel. As it is said - home is where the heart is...' She pays some attention to her surroundings as she follows the others further into the smelly, surreal landscape. The psion does her best to avoid getting too close to the weirdest plants; especially the thorny ones.
(Listen 20, Spot 11, Search 17, Move Silently 21)
Fern Sunday June 13th, 2004 6:28:39 PM
Fern stares in horror at the sight before her then whispers "will we be able to leave?"
Huur hoots softly in distress at the sight and stands on fern's shoulder hiding her head in fern's hair.
Eiras d20+12=29 d20+10=14 Sunday June 13th, 2004 9:22:13 PM
Eiras steps through the Boundary, on the other side, you see his shoulders shudder slightly.
Silently he looks around at the corrupted landscape. Like Hart Eiras looks at the terrain both to figure out the danger of the thorns and if there appear to be any signs of habitation on this side of the barrier (Tracking:29 Survival:14)
Mykell Zweihand Monday June 14th, 2004 12:07:08 AM
Mykell looks around and sighs as he does, shaking his head as he whispers mainly to himself, using Treant again to insure no one knows what he said since he doesn't want to sound sappy, "this is awful. Such misery for a place that looks like it could of been so beautiful in it's time."
Tyal d20+8=15 d20+8=16 d20+10=17 Monday June 14th, 2004 4:46:49 PM
With a heavy heart he watches those of the wilderness type lose it for awhile. The first time he had entered here it had been his reaction too.
Glancing around as he scans the area for danger he speaks up a little. "If you think this is bad...wait till you see the wildlife." His eyes take on a sad look as he continues. "They are now twisted images of what they once were...mere monsters now." He wipes back a tear as he moves a little deeper into the boundry area.
[listen: 15, spot: 16, survival: 17]
Namfoodle the confused Monday June 14th, 2004 5:08:31 PM
Looking around he is saddened by what he sees,he puts out his torch,since it's not needed.
"There is no joy here? What kind of creatures could live in such bleakness,there is no music in the air,the earth is quiet. This..this...." A lone tear falls down his cheek,and he is silent.
Sir Henri Monday June 14th, 2004 5:39:35 PM
Henri look around hith a heavy heart. He thinking 'What king of evil is this? I hope I an do something to change all of this back to it's origenal beauty'.
Justin Webber (DM) Stiffen the upperlip Monday June 14th, 2004 5:55:44 PM
The group slowly gets a feel for the area they came in at. The main feeling being one of disgust at how the place has been twisted by the demons.
Hart finds that the dirt looks normal, the twisted trees look like some type of oak tree. The bushes look mainly like wild rose bushes to Hart but without the roses. All the trees are fairly well tall but of course most twist in the trunk here and there. As far as Hart can tell from the looks of the thorns they look to be oozing a almost thin and non visible layer of liquid. Foliage in the area is mainly simple dead looking bushes.
Loran comes back unable to find any suitable rodent. He can tell Hart about seeing a small (6") black horned mouse.
Sir Henri's detect evil ability almost sends the paladin into a stupor since the whole area sets off the detect evil.
Everyone else searching pretty much finds the same things as Hart. One thing is for sure to everyone and that the plant life, and wildlife have been changed so there is no idea how the place will react to you.
Eiras d20+11=29 Tuesday June 15th, 2004 1:42:48 AM
Eiras looks around at the others, raising his hands slightly, *continue?*.
Still not speaking, he decides to continue moving perpendicular to the Boundary edge. Bow out, arrow nocked, trying to move silently for now {Move Silently:29}
{That brings up an interesting question - what does the edge of the boundary look like from this side? any differences?
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+16=26 d20+21=35 d20+17=24 d20+21=40 d20+19=21 Tuesday June 15th, 2004 2:17:02 AM Spells- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals, Wood Wose(CAST) Second Level: Easy Trail(CAST), Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day
The satyr pops out of the brush just in front of the group. He reveals what he's discovered so far. "Tha thorns are deadly. Tere ees fiendeesh mice weeth horns, haf a fute long. Those trees are oak. Follow me, stay close, very close." Hart casts Wood Wose and Easy Trail, using his Lesser Rod of Extension on both, both last six hours. (Note: Easy Trail is effectively hiding our trail/path. All within the 30ft cone BEHIND HART are in the affect. Tracking us raises the DC +5.)
Spirit appears and climbs up onto Hart's horns, trembles and covers its eyes. The Spirit is frightened.
The satyr raises his staff, parting the bushes and heads into the brush, opening a path wide enough to allow the group to pass unhindered by brush or thorns. The wake of plants close behind the last person on the path. Hart himself isn't leaving a trail at all in the dirt. (Trackless Step) The druid looks about, trying to figure the best route and the route with the most brush. He wants to make sure he notices the flora and fauna of the area, he also notes terrain type and weather(if any), in the Shadow. Is the climate different here, than from the outside (aside from the no sun, which means little or no heat)? (Knowledge Nature 26, Listen 35, Move Silently 24, Spot 40, Survival 21)
Loran carefully lands atop the staff and preems his feathers.
Aelanthir d20+14=33 d20+6=16 d20+14=19 Tuesday June 15th, 2004 4:22:35 AM
Aelanthir follows behind Hart keeping around 10 feet between them. Aelanthir shudders slightly as he looks around seeing the changes in the plant life.
Aelanthir draws his short swords and ready to defend himself and the group if attacked.
**** spot: 33 listen: 16 move silently: 19 ****
Sir Henri d20=18 d20=11 Tuesday June 15th, 2004 8:10:52 AM
Henri follows the others, not armed at the moment, but that can change fast. He watches every tree, bush, any and all places where an attack can happen.
OOC: Spot 18 - Listen 11
Namfoodle d20+10=29 Tuesday June 15th, 2004 12:32:08 PM
Absently he grabs his lyre and begins to play a barely audble tune,this is not like anything he has played,there is no joy in the sound only dread sadness.(Perform 29)
He moves closer to the rest of the group,"Which direction?" is all he asks the usual mirth is gone from his voice. He seems to be more affected by the shadow than anyone else here.
Hart (OOC) Tuesday June 15th, 2004 8:05:10 PM
Just a note: Hart isn't skirting the Shadow close to the border, he's headed straight into the Core of the realm.
Kashmari Tuesday June 15th, 2004 9:36:50 PM
Kashmari listens carefully to the satyr's report. She will follow Hart since she doesn't want to be left behind or "break" a new trail. Kashmari does not draw any waepons for the time being.
Justin Webber (DM) Up ahead Tuesday June 15th, 2004 11:01:47 PM
The group moves to follow Hart? (I'm taking all of you will go ahead and follow Hart). Hart can note that the climate in the Shadow Boundary is normal, pretty much just like it is outside of the place. It is warm but not blazing hot and as far as you can tell there is no sign of rain or anything else.
Eiras notes that the inside of the Shadow Boundary wall looks just like the outside and once again you can see out of the shadows.
You move on for some distance in the forest and bushes, Hart's help makes the going easier for everyone. After seeing nothing of note for sometime you finally notice something or rather hear something. Up ahead is the murmuring of some creatures, the language comes out in short hisses at the end. (Those with Demonic Language will know this to be demon tongue)
Eiras d20+11=31 d20+11=29 d20+15=27 Wednesday June 16th, 2004 2:23:44 AM
Eiras quickly sheathes the arrow he had in hand, replacing it with another from a second quiver.
As the group moves through the shadowed land, Eiras will continue to listen and look for anything unusual. He will also continue to move as quietly as possible. {Spot:31 Listen:29 Move Silently:27}
His body clearly tenses when he hears the hissing before you see him take a long deep breath and exhale.
With the other arrow nocked, Eiras moves forward again, intent on what might be up ahead.
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+20=28 d20+17=28 d20+9=19 d20+21=37 Wednesday June 16th, 2004 6:41:18 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours, Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals, Wood Wose(CAST) Second Level: Easy Trail(CAST), Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day
As they move, the satyr stays alert. When he hears the hissing voices that he doesn't understand or like the sound of, he raises his hand behind and waves the others to stop. He peers through the brush, if he can, trying to get a look at the demonic beings. (Spot 37, what do they look like?)
Spirit covers its eyes, then crawls down the satyr's shoulders, into the hood of Hart's cloak and hides.
Loran seems unconcerned with the sound and stares at Hart cocking his head, wondering when they are going to continue. The satyr looks at the owl and rolls his eyes, then makes a gesture, putting two fingers to his eyes, then pointing them toward the sound. Loran takes off immediately from the staff, avoiding contact with the brush and 'seeks' the sounds. (Spot 28 darkvision and low-light vision, Move Silently 28)(Hart's Wild Empathy check 19)
Hart retrieves (move action) his wand of Shillelagh and is ready (Readying to cast) to cast it, should the creatures notice Loran exitting the brush.
Sir Henri Wednesday June 16th, 2004 7:36:15 AM
Henri Stops when Hart hold up his hand, He will slip his gloves on, quitetly takes his sword out(he put two gloved fingers the neck of the sword, to muffle the sound of the methal sliding on methal), then he'll point the sword down ward for safty. He'll wait for further infomation.
Namfoodle the Hunter d20+5=21 d20+8=20 Wednesday June 16th, 2004 11:42:01 AM
Seeing everyone arm themselves he once again opens the case where his repeating crossbow is held. He draws the crossbow with care and tenderly loads it. Setting it back in it's case he takes off his robe folding it neatly and the puts it in the case taking out his bow again and then returning the case to where he got it originally.
He then moves out to the left of the group staying low to the ground, careful not to make a sound. (Hide 20 Move Silently 21) Moving to flank the demons,his face is devoid of any discernable emotion.
Aelanthir Wednesday June 16th, 2004 6:22:58 PM
Aelanthir quietly pulls out his wand and touches himself with it causing Aelanthir to become invisible.
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday June 16th, 2004 7:20:51 PM
Mykell follows along with the others, stopping when he firsts notices the speaking or hissing up ahead. He frowns and slides his longsword out, readying himself as he waits to see what the group does.
Tyal Wednesday June 16th, 2004 7:58:05 PM
Tyal follows along with the rest, keeping near the front of the group. He watches Hart as best he can as he keeps his wits about him.
Then he hears the hissing whispers of demonic tongue and he slips a little closer to the noise, so that he can hear better. He does not follow Hart or the like just moves a little closer to catch the conversation better.
His grip on his morningstar and shield grows in pressure as he listens. He is ready for anything that may happen and to relay the conversation to his companions as needed.
[Tyal can speak and understand demonic.]
Kashmari d20+4=17 d20+4=15 Wednesday June 16th, 2004 9:13:55 PM
Kashmari listens to the voices and looks carefully for the speakers. She realizes that the language being spoken sounds familiar enough, but she does not understand the words. Kashmari watches the others take up flanking positions and her brother make himself invisible. She slowly and quietly draws her morningstar and then moves in the same general direction that she thinks Aelanthir went. Kashmari feels a thrill of excitement building as they prepare for an encounter with what she thinks might be deomns.
(Listen 17, Spot 15)
Justin Webber (DM) Demon fun Thursday June 17th, 2004 7:14:09 AM
In the small clearing area ahead is a group of seven demons. One of the demons is a tall, gaunt humanoid looking demon. It's skin is black and leathery looking and behinds it's ears is a single horn that goes straight back. It's face is taken up mainly by a mouth full of teeth.
The six demons with it have long, slender arms and legs that end in sharp nails. They have bat like wings and small spiky hornes also the bodies of these creatures are covered in pustules.
The demons are pretty much mainly talking about leaving the shadow and seeing what sport they can find outside of the place till morning when they will return with their trophies.
Namfoodle the Stalker d20+5=23 d20+8=25 d20+7=27 Thursday June 17th, 2004 1:27:34 PM
Carefully he stalks the demons,when he gets 25' away he stops and listens,not understanding what they are saying but waiting for signs of combat to begin.(Listne 27 Natural 20)
Eiras {AC:20 HP:46 Invisible} d20+15=28 Thursday June 17th, 2004 3:08:18 PM
Eiras turns invisible and begins to move towards the right, circling the encampment and looking for a better vantage point to shoot at the demons. {Move Silent:28}
Kashmari d20+9=14 d20+9=15 d20+4=18 d20+3=8 Thursday June 17th, 2004 6:49:59 PM
Kashmari moves into a flanking position after (hopefully) following Aelanthir. She still has her morningstar readied; its lanyard hanging about her wrist. She tries to make sense of the words the demons are speaking, but only catches a few scattered words. The words she picks up are the ones that are similar in the tongue that Infernal entities speak. She is by no means sure if the words have the same meaning however.
(Move Silently 14, Hide 15, Listen 18, Sense Motive 8)
Hart, Spirit and Loran Thursday June 17th, 2004 6:53:52 PM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours, Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours, Shillalegh 1 minute
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
The Spirit remains hidden in the hood.
Loran continues his flight.
Hart looks back to the group and has a confused look on his face, obviously clueless to what they are saying. He does, however, realize they planning something, but what? He shrugs and waits, continuing to watch. He knows if he moves, it risks harm to the rest of the party when those thorns and other nasty plants snap back on them. It's up to the others to decide what is to happen with the demons. He does use his wand of Shillelagh and waits for the others.
Sir Henri Thursday June 17th, 2004 7:48:17 PM
Henri is tense, but in in a position to strick at a moment notice. With weapon at the ready, He'll charge when the signal is given.
Aelanthir (invisible) d20+14=33 Thursday June 17th, 2004 8:13:36 PM
Aelanthir moves slowly around the group of demons trying to get into a flanking position (move silently 33.) Aelanthir has his short swords at the ready incase one of the demons notices him or the others and attacks.
Mykell Zweihand Friday June 18th, 2004 12:27:32 PM
Mykell frowns after bit and decides the heck with this and keeps his shield and sword ready as he moves into the clearing, figuring the groups pressence will be known soon enough anyway.
When Mykell enters the clearing he grins even knows his vizor helmet covers that and speaks out clearly in common, "Well, one wrong turn and I end up in here. Not to good of a resort area, all the people are ugly and so far not a female in sight. Any of you know a nice place for a person all alone to stay?" Mykell holds his sword in his right hand, spinning it once as he waits, figures maybe the dumb creatures will take it he is really alone by his comment.
Namfoodle the ready d20+6=24 d4+2=5 d6=1 Friday June 18th, 2004 12:43:48 PM
As Mykell,steps into the clearing,Namfoodle,prepares to fire his crossbow. Taking aim at the single horned demon, smiling slightly at Mykells comments,he squeezes the trigger(AC 24 Damage 5 Sneak Attack 1)
Justin Webber (DM) Demons Friday June 18th, 2004 6:25:43 PM
The tall, guant demons look to Mykell and speaks even as it sneers, "Shutup human, kill him boys or capture him so he can see the full benefits of this place."
The six bat winged demons begin to fly in at Mykell, stopping as one takes the bolt from Namfoodle's crossbow right in the shoulder but continues flying ahead.
The six bat winged demons are a half movement from Mykell and almost the same distance from everyone else. (Will count it half movement for everyone else also.)
(OOC:If needed I can make another combat map but it will take abit to get up or emailed to you depending.)
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+5=11 d4=2 Friday June 18th, 2004 7:40:13 PM I spoke on AIM to Justin, and he says the clearing is an 'O shape', 40ft total circumferance. That means its a tiny clearing. *************************************************
Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Shillalegh 9 rounds left
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
The satyr waves the group out upon Mykell's entrance. "Go, go! Sabe heem before he dies." Shaking his head at Mykell's 'show-boating'. (Readying to move.) Hart then hoots two short 'hoots' to the owl (free action).
Spirit pokes its head out of the cloak and its eyes get large as he sees Mykell speaking to the demons. It ducks and hides again. The hood can be seen shaking.
Loran hears his masters command (the hoots) to 'defend the metal man' and then dive-bombs the demon attacking Mykell. (Flyby attack, AC 11 for 2 damage, non magical attack) He circles for another pass.
*Action when the entire group enters the clearing* Hart will skirt the clearing to get to the otherside, where he exits opposite the group, intending to cover if any demon intends to escape. (40ft movement, unhindered by non magical brush or growth, because of druid and/or spell benefits)
Eiras {AC:20 HP:46 Invisible} d20+15=25 d20+15=27 d8+6=14 d8+6=14 Friday June 18th, 2004 9:45:03 PM
Eiras takes moves five feet back so that he is about 25 feet from the center of the fight and fires two cold iron magic arrows at the tall horned demon, reappearing as he does so. {Hit AC:25 DMG:14 and AC:27 DMG:14}
"May your black heart burst, Demon" Eiras calls out softly to himself.
Tyal - HP: 49, AC: 21 (darkvision) Saturday June 19th, 2004 12:38:48 PM
Tyal smiles as Mykell steps out and speaks to the demons. He glances to the others a second before combat starts. "They look for sport outside the boundry." His grip tightens on his morningstar and shield as he charges into the small clearing.
He mutters a prayer under his breathe and a soothing feeling settles upon everyone near him. It also make everyone feel more able to fight these demons with more confidence.
[Bless - 5 minutes 0 seconds - +1 to hit and fear saves]
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Kashmari 3d6(5+4+4)=13 d20+26=43 d20+6=9 d20+5=6 Saturday June 19th, 2004 1:13:19 PM
Kashmari is surprised by Mykell's action. 'Hmm, hard to tell if that is genius or foolishness.' She takes a mental inventory of what she might want to do to the demons. Meanwhile she readies her masterwork morningstar. The Half-Elf notes the use of a few ranged weapons, so she settles on using a concussive wave on the the nearest demon to Mykell.
She focuses on the foremost demon and concentrates. An earsplitting, metalic, screeching noise is heard. It is annoying and hurts the ears, but only enough to cause mild discomfort and no permanent damage. Immediately upon reaching its cacophonic zenith the displacement of air occurs. Anyone standing in its path feels the creepy wave of pressure, but takes no injury. The Foremost demon however was pummeled fairly badly and would have been shoved 'off course' a ways.
(Concussion (psykin 2), (con), 150ft, Fort save of 9 (or better); if successful then half damage, 3PP, if the creature has power resistance and it is 6 or lower then the attack succeeds.) (dmg 13, concentration 43, Fort save DC 9, Manifester check 6)
Sir Henri d20+10=25 d8+2=10 Saturday June 19th, 2004 4:45:39 PM
Henri will cast Bless on all in his party.
Henri enters the circle, does not like to swing a sword in such small place, but it must be done, he swins at the nearest batwing demon.
ooc attack ac 25 - Damages 10hp
Fern HP: 37/37 AC: 21 d20+10=14 d20+6=18 d20+8=9 d20+5=12 d20+10=17 d8+4=6 d100+10=36 d20+10=27 d20+10=21 d8+4=5 d8+4=7 Sunday June 20th, 2004 8:32:15 PM
Shocked by the shadow lands Fern has remained quiet as she silently follows the others. Huur is on her shoulder hiding under her hair and trembling as they walk along. Fern and Huur freeze as they hear someone (or something) talking in an unknown language, anything that lives in this place is probably dangerous. Fern has Huur fly above while fern moves so that she can see whom ever is talking. DEMONS! She thinks, suddenly Mykel steps out and speaks to the demons and somebody fires a crossbow. the demons are attacking! Fern tries to stay out of sight while she grabs her bow and fires at the nearest demon.
feats used: quick draw, point blank shot, and rapid shot.
ooc: sorry everyone for not posting, I havent been feeling well the last week.
Mykell Zweihand d20+11=13 d8+7=15 Sunday June 20th, 2004 10:10:21 PM
Mykell steps foreward close enough to the nearest flying demon and swings his longsword at it as he glances over one shoulder to see what the others are doing for sure.
(Can hit AC:13 Damage:15)
Hart (Jay B) Monday June 21st, 2004 5:45:17 AM
:) OOC: Are we posting HP/damage in post or role playing the damage taken?
Are we posting relevant data in the post, such as AC and afflictions (poisoned, ability damage etc)? [Of course these questions are in reference to our PC's.]
I prefer to ask Justin his preferrance.
Aelanthir (AC: 18 HP: 30/30 invisible) d20+4=23 d20+4=13 d20=18 d6+3=8 d6=6 d6=6 Monday June 21st, 2004 7:14:57 AM
Aelanthir moves in behind one of the demons then strikes at it wiht both short swords (ac 23 no crit, dmg 8+6(sneak)=14 / ac 18 dmg 6)
Justin Webber (DM) Battle d20+8=13 d20+8=13 d20+8=16 d3-1=1 d20+8=13 d20+8=17 d3-1=2 d3-1=2 d20+10=23 d20+7=25 d6+5=10 d6+2=6 Monday June 21st, 2004 9:50:18 PM
(OOC: Yes, please post hit points, etc like you would in a regular game. All injured should be played out in post.)
Hart circles around the clearing to cut off any retreats. Loran the owl misses his attack on one of te demons.
Eiras fires two arrows and hits the tall demon who growls and looks in his direction.
Mykell misses the demons with his sword.
Tyal casts bless.
Henri swings and hits the demon he moved to attack. (Note: Tyal casts bless already and bless doesn't stack so you saved your bless spell.)
Fern firest at one of the demons and misses with the first arrow but hits with the second.
Aelenthir moves in and attacks one of the bat winged demons and kills it, even knows his second attack misses.
Kashmari uses a cuncussion wave psionic attack and injures all of the demon. (Rolled earlier but a computer error caused the rolls to be lost but all failed.)
Bat winged demons have AC: 18 Tall demon has AC: 19
Tall Demon: Injured Bat Demon1: Injured Bat Demon2: Injured Bat Demon3: Injured Bat Demon4: Dead Bat Demon5: Injured Bat Demon6: Injured
Bat winged demon 1&2 move in and attack Mykell. Both swiping at his arms or other weak point in his armor. (Can hit AC: 13/13 Dam: missed)
Bat winged demon 3 flies in and attack Henri, scratching at his face. (Can hit AC:16 Damage:1)
Bat winged demon 5&6 fly in and attacks Aelanthir. (Can hit AC:14/16 Damage:2/2)
The tall demon moves in the direction of Eiras. When he reaches where Eiras is he slashes with his slawed hands and bites at him. (Can hit AC:23/25 Damage:10/6.)
Eiras {AC:20 HP:30/46} d20+9=29 d20+9=28 d8+7=14 d8+7=14 Monday June 21st, 2004 11:20:25 PM
Eiras tosses the bow behind him {free action} as the demon closes, drawing his longsword {magical} for the first time.
The demon's attacks causes a small grunt of pain from Eiras but in return, he thrusts his sword at the demon's torso.
{Hit AC:29 possible crit confirm AC:28, DMG:14+14 more for the critical}
Eiras Monday June 21st, 2004 11:22:23 PM
{OOC: Is the tall demon larger than man-sized or just a tall medium creature?}
Hart(AC 20, 64hp, DR5/cold iron), Spirit(hiding) and Loran(AC 19, 25hp) d20+8=9 d20+5=21 d4=1 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 12:04:36 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Shillalegh 9 rounds left
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart steps out and strikes out at the nearest demon with his staff [Shillelagh counts as +1 magical].(AC 9, missing) Hart simply smiles at his failed attempt to wound the creature.
Loran dives at his former target, striking it, apparently having better luck than Hart. (AC 21, damage 1(non magical talons))
Spirit's little hands remain on the brim of the hood, occassionally popping his head over the edge to see what the sounds are. Quivering, he ducks out of sight, again.
Sir Henri AC 20 - 49/50hp d20+10=23 d8+2=6 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 9:55:51 AM
Henri is waiting for that #3Demond, He swings and hits (AC23), doing damage of 6hp. The paladin will take a good look around, but will keep a eye on the demon he knows haw sneaky they all are.
Namfoodle the Beacon of Light(Hp 30/30 AC19) d20+10=29 d20+7=26 d20+4=17 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 3:00:54 PM
Standing up from his place of concealment, be begins play his lyre and sing an ancient gnome battle hymn. His voice rises above the din of the combat surrounding him,the sound from the lyre blending with the sounds of steel on steel.(Perform:Strings 29 Perform Sing 26 Concentration 17)
The song is old and fills his allies spirits with new resolve. The darkness is not as overwhelming as it once was,and the demons do not appear as menacing as they did. (all allies within 30' get +1 morale bonus to saves versus charm and fear,and +1 on attack and damage rolls)
Tyal - HP: 49, AC: 21 (darkvision, bless) d20+9=25 d8+4=6 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 3:06:31 PM
Tyal glances at each of the demons as they go about their combat routinue. He easily takes stock of the situation and then makes his own move.
He steps over to help out Aelanthir who is closer to him than any of the others. He keeps his shield at the ready as he swings his morningstar at a demon(6). His hit maybe true but does not pack as much of a punch as he had hoped for.
[hit: 25, damage: 6]
[Bless - 4 minutes 40 seconds - +1 to hit and fear saves]
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Aelanthir (AC: 18 HP: 30/30 ) d20+10=27 d20+4=20 d20=4 d6+3=6 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 5:49:25 PM
Aelanthir feels the air pass by him as the demons miss thier attacks. Aelanthir tumbles behind demon #6 and strikes with both swords again (hit AC 20 dmg 7 / AC 4.)
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15) d20+4=16 d20+5=18 3d6(4+3+6)=13 d20+26=38 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 7:57:55 PM
Kashmari sees her brother being ganged up on. She does not hesitate to try and assist him. She prepares to use a new wave of concussive force against demon #5. Yet again a burst of odd noise is heard. This time it sounds like a loud concert of clockwork crickets. The keening, grating sound heralds the new unescapable wave of pressure that slams into the demon, yet leaves her brother and Tyal unharmed.
(Spot 16)
(Concussion (psykin 2), (con), 150ft, successful Fort save halves the damage taken, 3PP, if the creature has power resistance and it is 18 or lower then the attack succeeds.) (dmg 13, concentration 38, Manifester check 18)
Mykell Zweihand d20+11=27 d8+7=15 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 8:24:47 PM
Mykell almost laughs when the attacks miss and after moving to the side of the last attack he swings his longsword hard at the bat winged demon#2, smiling as the hit lands soundly.
(Can hit AC:27 Damage:15)
Hart(OOC) Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 8:35:31 PM
I forgot about Bless. Please add Bless to Hart's previous attacks. :)
Fern HP: 37/37 AC: 21 d20+10=24 d8+3=11 d20+10=22 d8+3=11 Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 8:43:35 PM
Fern quickly but quietly moves before firing at the tall demon. Huur is flying over head.
attacking with longbow magic 1, mighty 2 feats used rapid shot, point blank shot
attack 1: 24 damage: 11 attack 2: 22 damage: 11
acitve spells Bless: +1 attack and save against fear
Eiras Tuesday June 22nd, 2004 8:49:00 PM
{OOC: Hey Fern, the tall demon is in melee which means unless you are also using precise shot feat, you have to take a -4 penalty for shooting into a melee since he is clawing and biting me. just an FYI}
Justin Webber (DM) Battle Coming to a close. d20+10=26 d6+5=9 d20+3=17 d6+2=8 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 1:40:53 AM
Eiras slashes and hits hard on the tall demon. Injuring the demon more then it was. (Demon is just a tall medium sized humanoid.)
Hart misses with his attack. His owl Loran attacks and pulls off a hit, although the owls attack seems to be no more then a minor annoyance.
Sir Henri swings and hits the bat winged demon thats attacking him. The attack injures the bat winged demon alot worse then it was.
Namfoodle begins playing and singing a ancient gnomish song that inspires the group.
Tyal moves and swings hitting one of the bat winged demons that is attacking Aelanthir. The blow injures the demon more.
Aelanthir slashes with both his weapons and scores a hit with the first one and misses with the second. The one hit injures the demon worse and it looks almost dead.
Kashmari uses a secondary concussion wave, the wave kills both bat winged demons attacking her brother. (Wouldn't matter if they passed their saving throw. No resistences.)
Mykell swings his longsword at one of the bat winged demons attacking him and scores a nasty blow that drops it to the ground.
Fern fires two arrows and lands the first one into the tall demon, the second one misses and breezes Eiras's ear. The arrow looks like it injured the tall demon even worse.
Tall Demon: Badly Injured Bat Demon1: Dead Bat Demon2: Injured Bat Demon3: Almost Dead Bat Demon4: Dead Bat Demon5: Dead Bat Demon6: Dead
The tall demon frowns when it notices it's companions are all almost dead and waves a clawed hand in a small gesture, "Excape, tell the boss."
Bat winged demon 2 turns and begins flying away from Mykell. (AoA for Mykell.)
Bat winged demon 3 turns and flies from Sir Henri as fast as it can. (AoA for Henri.)
The tall demon turns back to face Eiras and slashes at him again in a flurry and snaps his teeth at him. (Can hit AC:26/17 Damage:9/8.)
(OOC: Anyone who was hit by a bat winged demon let me know in your post at the bottom please. Also Ceil, why are you showing 1 point of damage? Sir Henri has a AC:20 and the bat winged demon could only hit a 16 last round.)
Hart(AC 20, 64hp, DR5/cold iron), Spirit(hiding) and Loran(AC 19, 25hp) d20+8=18 d20+8=22 2d6(4+2)+5=11 2d6(5+2)+5=12 d20+6=11 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 6:04:22 AM
BLESS Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Shillalegh 8 rounds left
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart steps up to demon #2 and spins his staff, this time hitting his target. (He splits the attack if the first strike drops the demon, provided he came reach the next target). *ZAM, POW!* (AC 18 and 22, for 11 and 12 damage with +1 magic)
Spirit is still hiding, but is almost hit by Hart's staff when he pokes his head out. Spirit is shaken and ducks out of sight.
Loran turns in midair and comes in on demon #3. (I'm adding Bless into his attack, AC 11 miss)
Eiras {AC:20 HP:21/46} d20+8=26 d20+8=22 d8+8=12 d6+7=9 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 8:09:37 AM
Eiras steps back from the viscous strike of the demon but is missed by the second attack. Eiras pulls his short sword (free action - light magic weapon) and presses his attack by striking at the demon once with the longsword and once with the short sword. {Hit AC:26 and AC:21 (only +7 with the second attack), DMG:12 and Dmg:9}
Sir Henri(50/50hp) d20+10=23 d8+2=8 d4+4=8 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 8:20:28 AM
As his demon(#3) turn to fly off, Henri that advantage and swing at him. Hoping to cut him in half, "I hope he twiches his exentance away, Now who's next? You?? Big Pile of Lava??" While the Tall demon attention is on the paliden(such close quaters), Henri will put his hand on Eiras body and boust him of 8hp.
Now the paladin will go after the Tall One.
OOC: Attact DC23 - Damages 8hp.
OOC: I had taken one hp of damage, because I though that the Tall Demon scratch Henri on the cheek?? But it heald really quickly.
Fern HP: 37/37 AC: 21 d20+9=16 d8+3=8 d20+9=27 d8+3=4 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 4:45:40 PM
Fern quickly fires at one of the demons. (one of the escaping if they are still alive otherwise the leader)
feats using: rapid shot, far shot if necessary, point blank shot if possible
attack 1: 16, +1 if point blank, -4 if melee damage: 8, +1 if point blank
attack 2: 27, +1 if point blank, -4 if melee damage: 4, +1 if point blank
Kashmari (HP 39/39, AC 15) d20+4=24 d20+4=21 d20+4=16 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 4:59:59 PM
Kashmari isn't too keen on the demons fleeing. The team's best chance in her opinion is that their coming isn't forewarned. Either that or that the demons think them; or at least her, something other than they are. She takes a gamble and sends missives to the presumed leader of the pack of demons. The tall, horned demon.
[Missive: In Infernal to the tall demon] "Fleeing my human pawns? Such weakness for a great General."
[Missive: In Infernal to the tall demon] "Your 'boss' will have you flayed for interupting my plans..."
Both missives to the tall demon are spoken in a very patronizing, arrogant tone - designed to anger and degrade. In essence the way Kashmari believes a demon superior would speak to an inferior. Kashmari intentionally leaves the last sentence hanging. She banks on the fact that the 'mysterious' waves of power should have been at least a bit unsettling to the demons.
Twice Kashmari manifests a faint brief silver halo of light. Correspondingly the tall demon also manifests two such faint halos, both of which disappear in the blink of an eye.
Kashmari stays where she was during combat, and does not physically confront the demon. It is better; and in her mind, more effective to remain in the shadows.
(Bluff 21, Charisma 16 (these effects are used to 'color' Kashmari's words with the right feel).)
(Used 2 Talents: Missive, Telepathy (Cha), Psion 0, Range: 40ft, One living creature, Duration: Instantaneous, Will negates (DC24), 1PP, subject is unable to differenciate between whether or not the voice was heard in thier mind or with the ears.)
Aelanthir (AC: 18 HP: 30/30 ) d20+4=21 d6+3=9 d6=4 d20+10=12 d20=17 d6+2=5 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 5:03:07 PM
Aelanthir tumbles (tumble 12) in behind the Tall demon then attacks with his swords (hit AC 21 dmg: 13 (9+4 (sneak attack) hit ac 17 dmg 5) while saying to the demon in abyssal "You ! report what you have been doing!"
Tyal - HP: 49, AC: 21 (darkvision, bless) d20+12=20 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 6:16:30 PM
Tyal flicks demon blood off of his morningstar as he watches some of the demons start a retreat. He knows that he does not have a chance with getting his crossbow in time so he lets those with missile weapons take care of it.
He looks around to the group assessing everyone's condition to see who is badly off and in need of healing. "Sing out if you need healing." He wonders what will be the next thing they run into, this was actually a piece of cake. Would they be so lucky with the next encounter.
[heal 20]
[Bless - 4 minutes 30 seconds - +1 to hit and fear saves]
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Namfoodle the Amazing d20+10=22 d20+7=26 d20+4=19 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 8:24:11 PM
Despite the carnage going on around him,the small gnome continues his battle hymn.(Perform strings 22 Perform singing 26 Concentration 19)
Justin Webber (DM) Battle End Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 10:33:35 PM
All demons lay in the small clearing dead now, their black looking blood coloring the ground quickly.
The group now find it rather silent except Namfoodle who plays and sings his song. It take the group a few mins to finally notice in the distance the sound of sword ringing on demon hide. The sound is loud enough to be hear rather easy by you which means the battle must be close. (Weaponsmithing DC12 will tell someone that the weapon being used is of great quality and most likely a sword of some type)
(The sound is loud enough that anyone with the track ability or other such skill should beable to find it easily.)
Eiras {AC:20 HP:21/46} d20+14=30 d20+15=28 Wednesday June 23rd, 2004 10:43:27 PM
Eiras takes a breath, sheathing his swords and grabbing his bow up. He stands and then hears the sound of metal on demon hide - he freezes in place for a moment and then becomes invisible.
{Eiras will move towards the sound of combat, making a note to stay further back from the fight so that he can use his arrows more effectively. Track:30 Move Silent:28 *invisible*}
Hart(unhurt), Spirit(hiding) and Loran(unhurt) d20+19=25 d20+21=33 d20+21=24 Thursday June 24th, 2004 12:14:53 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart clips Namfoodle in the back of the head with his staff, not hurting him. "Shhh! Tat vas bery distracting! Tha song for tha entire battle?! Want to bring more down on oos?! Tis silent here. Your a beacon."
Spirit pops up, looks at the demon corpses. It grins and then makes a few punching motions in the air as if it had something to do with their deaths.
Loran lands near the bodies, hops twice toward it and then takes off and lands on the staff.
The satyr looks at the tracks of where the demons landed, but assumes they flew here.(Survival 25, Spot 33 and Listen 24) "Move." He looks at the wounded and moves out.
Loran takes tot he skies, keeping under the canopy to avoid those flying beasts.
Spirit does hot leave Harts shoulders if it can help it.
Sir Henri Thursday June 24th, 2004 8:05:16 AM
Henri Stop swinging his sword, puffing a little and cooling down from the heat of the battle. After a few minutes the noise of a singing sword come to his ears. As the paladin wipes the black blood from his sword, he start to wanders toward the sound, right behind Eiras.
Hart(unhurt), Spirit(hiding) and Loran(unhurt) Thursday June 24th, 2004 5:37:36 PM
Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart moves along, the others in tow.
(OOC: Sorry about the short post, but I'm working tonight and won't be able to make a post until early Friday.)
Aelanthir (AC: 18 HP: 30/30 ) d20+14=32 d20+9=28 d20+14=29 d20+6=25 Thursday June 24th, 2004 5:38:59 PM
Aelanthir moves quickly but quietly towards the sounds of battle (move silently 32, hide 28) keeping his short swords at the ready (spot 29, listen 25.)
Kashmari d20+4=20 d20+9=15 d20+9=18 d20+6=21 Thursday June 24th, 2004 6:12:26 PM
To say that Kashmari is rather upset about her wonderful ploy being ruined by a bunch of blood-letting "Sir Kill-a-Lots" would be an understatement. Her expression could easily be compared to a storm-cloud.
She certainly hears the tell-tale sounds of combat off in the distance. "Lovely, some wandering 'hero' to save," the psion snarls; more to herself than to anyone else.
As she passes Namfoodle on her way to play 'saviour' she clasps the bard's shoulder in what is meant as a friendly gesture and says [almost sharply because she is still rather angry], "don't listen to that surly, tone-deaf curmudgeon. "Dat vas fery deestracting! Yur a beekon!"... Your selfless act of encouragement was a work of art." Kashmari in her fit of ill temper, does her best bad impression of Hart. [[Think bad impression of an Austrian and you have Kashmari's attempt at mimicking Hart.]] She means well; she likes the Gnome bard, he is rather entertaining and useful. The Half-Elf actually likes the unusual Satyr as well eventhough he can be harsh sometimes.
Kashmari puts on some gloves and searches the demon bodies for anything of value and for anything that might be useful to the team before following the others toward the sounds of battle. After all she won't pass up a possible chance to gain a little 'spending cash' or some bit of useful information.
(Listen 20, Move Silently 15, Hide 18, Search 21)
((The Sir comment has nothing to do with any one particular person; though it certainly might sound like it. Jay no offense towards Hart, but I just had to toss in an attempt at mimicking him. His speech patterns are just so cool.))
Namfoodle Thursday June 24th, 2004 8:51:20 PM
Namfoodle looks sternly at Hart as he walks off.
When Kashmari compliments him,he smiles and bows extravagantly,laughing at her imitation,"Namfoodle shall teach that how to laugh. Namfoodle sees the bleakness has touched his heart and it wieghs upon him greatly. His pain is expressed in his music. He does not posess Namfoodle's love of life,but he will."
Catching himself staring at Hart again he looks up at the half-elf as if noticing her for the first time."Ah yes you are a fair one,another time another place,I would spend the rest of the night losing myself in your eyes and I write ballads to capure your beauty for the ages,but alas there is a job to be done,and Namfoodle cannot bear the gloom that this shadow is causing." With a dramatic flourish he twirls around and grabs his lyre and crossbow and is off towards the sounds of battle in the night.
Mykell Zweihand Thursday June 24th, 2004 10:32:31 PM
Mykell sheathes his sword, snapping his longsword down quickly which sends most of the blood off of the blade and onto the ground before sheathing it though.
Hearing the sounds Mykell frowns and moves quickly after the others, giving Namfoodle a nod as he passes to let the man know he is happy for the help given.
(OOC:Will be a late DM post in this game. Just want to let people know. I'll make up for it over the weekend.)
Hart(unhurt), Spirit(hiding) and Loran(unhurt) d20+19=27 d20+21=23 d20+17=36 d20+21=22 d20+12=25 d20+20=24 Friday June 25th, 2004 4:34:36 AM
(OOC: Understood, no problem, Eunice. :))
Hart looks at Kashmari and the gnome. "Was tat s'pose to heelp oos? Song has eets place, een a oonatural place during an oonatural battle eesn't eet. I do like moosic though." The 'surly, tone-deaf curmudgeon' looks at the gnome again and squints his eyes. "Eem... umm.... urm.., sorry." The word seems to hurt as he says it. (Survival 27, Listen 23, Move Silently 36, Spot 22)
Still leading, the satyr stops momentarily and shows the first possible sign of effection to anyone outside his personal Trio. He stops a few minutes later, grabs the gnome by the arm and looks him square in the eye. "I deem you 'the Moosic Keeper, Hymnsayer'. Keep thees safe." He removes the plain pan-pipes and places it around the gnomes neck. "Break theem. Lose theem. I keell you." He actually smiles and winks at the little gnome, patting him on the shoulder. "Hymnsayer." The satyr returns to his steady emotionless expression and continues moving.
Spirit claps at the gnomes bardic tune and thumps the satyr on the head. It returns to its hiding place in the hood.
The owl remains atop the staff, keeping watch at the skies as they move along. (Listen 25, Spot 24)
Tyal - HP: 49, AC: 21 (darkvision, bless) d20+8=26 d20+8=28 Friday June 25th, 2004 2:39:11 PM
Tyal slips off behind the rest as he follows along. He will take the time to slip up to Namfoodle and lay his hand on his shoulder. "Do you know any battle songs...especially of Inana?" He has heard a couple of her battle songs sung, but never by anyone that could really sing.
He keeps his ears open for other sounds than that of battle as well as keeping his eyes alert for other danger.
[Bless - 4 minutes 20 seconds - +1 to hit and fear saves]
[listen: 26, spot: 28]
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Justin Webber (DM) Stranger Friday June 25th, 2004 3:05:17 PM
As you move farther North in search of the battle noises you come upon a large clearing this time where you see a group of eight demons. Seven of the eight are laying with severe cut marks in their throats and other areas. The last one is one of the tall guant demons the group had fought abit ago, standing has a missing hand which is bleeding badly.
After scanning the clearing abit more you finally notice a single man who's black hair is tied back in a pony tail. The man is slightly kneeling and he wears a royal blue in color robe like that has a cord that is tied and holding the robe shut. The man also wears a pair of pants made of cloth like and of the same color as the robe. As you watch the man brings a very long looking sword that is curved around and charges foreward in a slight crouch. In a single side step in the charge he steps to one side and his sword slashes the demon across the throat and it's head goes flying into the air and lands on the ground.
The man having never turned to look at the demon brings the foreign looking curved sword up in a two-handed hold near shoulder level as he glares at the group and speaks quickly, "What brings you to this place? are you allies of evil? speak quickly and true so I "Sahikito" may judge and if your evil then my noble blade "Sweidiken" will end your evil life here."
Any sword lovers or work of art lovers in the group will notice on a Spot10 check that the sword is a work of art almost. The handle is made of darkwood and has been engraved to show a pair of lions fighting. The blade shows runes that probably say the blades name or maybe it is magical runes. The sword is also just as long as a greatsword.
Eiras {Invisible} d20+15=31 d20+10=21 d20+10=16 Friday June 25th, 2004 4:11:22 PM
Eiras admires the technique used to finish off the last demon, but chooses to remain still and quiet while the others approach to make sure this is no Demon ruse.
{Move Silent:31 Spot:22 Listen:16}
Sir Henri d20=19 Friday June 25th, 2004 4:40:25 PM
Henri enters the Large circle very slowly, watching this warrior very carefully. Stops a little way away from him, bow slightly from the waist, "Dom mari gatto Sahikito san, I am a Royal Paladin Sir Henri of Hardell, Royal Defender of the Temple Palor. I too come to vanquest the evil in this land."
He will stand there with sword in one hand and a cloth in the other wipeing the blade. But never taking his eyes off the man. Waiting to see what happens next.
Aelanthir d20+14=19 Friday June 25th, 2004 6:17:21 PM
Nodding in appreciation of the exsquisit sword Aelanthir says "Excellent style and quality. I am Aelanthir. We heard your battle then came to see if anyone was in need of assistance, but you have handled them nicely." Aelanthir cleans off his two swords then puts away the sword in his righthand then watches and listens.
*** spot 19 ***
Hart, Spirit and Loran Saturday June 26th, 2004 2:40:04 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart admires nothing about the foreigner or the sword. In fact, the satyr (who might in fact look demonic with his horns in the darkness) is entirely unimpressed with anything he's seen in the Shadow he's seen so far. "Eef you knew better, you wooldn't freely deebolge your name so readily to stangers. Tha power oof your name is tha only power each of us truly hold." The satyr looks inquisitively at the man. "I ally weeth nether good or ebil. I trabel freely where I like, when I like. Whot makes a blade noble?"
Spirit pokes his head out from behind Harts horns, smiles and happily waves at the man called Sahikito.
Loran, the owl, preens his feathers atop the staff.
Kashmari Saturday June 26th, 2004 8:52:36 AM
Kashmari looks at the new gentelman with carefull inquisitiveness.
Namfoodle d20+6=24 Saturday June 26th, 2004 2:13:09 PM
Carefully he put's away the satyr's pipes and move along with the group.
Warily he approaches the stranger,"You have to excuse Namfoodle's friend here. His spirit is in the right place. He just has a little trouble with the language." Bowing with a flourish. " Now..Sahikito was it,Namfoodle and his companions are here on a grave and perilous mission. Namfoodle and his companions, have come to abolosh this miserable eyesore,that shrouds our hearts and our eyes."
Looking at him carefully now,"Namfoodle would like to know what brings you here good sir,and how is it that you are alone here? Namfoodle would never venture somewhere like this by himself." Looking up at the taller human,"Namfoodle sees you have little trouble taking care of youreself,maybe we could be of use to eachother."(Diplomacy 24)
Mykell Zweihand d20+4=16 Sunday June 27th, 2004 12:33:51 AM
Mykell looks at the strange fighter when they enter the clearing and looks over the sword for a moment <spot:16>, the sword is a nice work of art but Mykell quickly comeso ut of that when the man speaks and the others of the group reacts to his words.
Mykell waits to see what happens while laying a hand a few inches from the handle of his own sword.
Justin Webber (DM) Encounter cont Sunday June 27th, 2004 2:24:41 PM
Sahikito looks at Hart and frowns openly and then looks to Namfoodle when he steps forward and speaks. After many moments Sahikito lowers his sword and nods, "I will trust you for the moment. I'll know more once I see for myself more."
Sahikito looks back to Hart before he spins his sword once and for just a instant a black small lsit appears in the air which the sword slides into and vanishes for the moment, "Sweidiken has been in the family for many generations and was crafted by my father's grandfather's grandfather. The blade was folded over 1,000 times before being forged to make sure the blade is pure and before dying he sealed his soul inside the blade."
Sahikito kneels and places a hand on the ground, concentrating before standing and speaking, "I came here from the Forbidden City of Norag which lays across the sea. The ruler asked me to willing become a out cast of the city and come here do to my talents. I have a earth sense and my combat skills are almost unrivaled in the city." Sahikito looks around for a moment before walking to one of the trees and touches it a moment before nodding, "I must travel farther North. I must find out for the ruler what the demons are up to and see if they mean to spread past this area."
Hart, Spirit and Loran Sunday June 27th, 2004 7:35:09 PM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
The satyr tightens his grip on the his staff when the man spins his sword. "Ensouled blade?! Trapping ones soul eenside a blade ees nut among tha natural order. One dies, ones born. Tats natures way. Your family has stopped a soul-cycle. Tat, een my mind, ees ebil!"
The Spirit wipes away a tear as the man tells his story.
Loran continually preens, seemingly fixed to one spot under a wing.
Sir Henri Sunday June 27th, 2004 8:37:02 PM
Henri watches Sahikito clean and put away his soelsword. When he kneels Listening to nature, Henri is very impress. But when thia man said that he came from the City of Norag (witch he has heard of some place), then the man said he had a quest and had to go up north to find out if the demons are going to expand their aria.
The paladin thinks tha he has to keep an eye on this fighter, so he'll ask of him "Sahikito san,(this time henri bows from the head)Could this unworthy Paladin travel with you?". Hanri also thinks that he would rather have this fighter in frount of him, than have this Samurai some where in back of him.
Namfoodle Monday June 28th, 2004 4:52:17 PM
Casting a quick glance at Hart,he thiks to himself,"That one needs to learn when to hold his thoughts to himself."
Listening to the mysterious fighter's story he finds it very interesting that a human would dedicate his soul to his family in such a grand way,these humans have surprising depth.
"Once again Namfoodle apologizes for his friend's words. That one is very particular about the natural order of things. What your ancestor did was a great sacrifice. Namfoodle's people have heard of similar things." Looking back at teh rest of the group,"It seems that we are heading in the same direction,and have a similar goal. Namfoodle does not think it would behoove us to travel together until our paths force us to do otherwise."
Hart Monday June 28th, 2004 6:29:31 PM "Hymnsayer does nut speak or apologizes for me."
Loretta Monday June 28th, 2004 6:42:30 PM
My comp is down, Justin please either npc Fern or get someone to play her
Eiras {Invisible} d20+15=25 Monday June 28th, 2004 6:51:39 PM
Eiras continues to hold his tongue for now and stay invisible just to make sure that this new development isn't some sort of ruse. {Move Silent:25}
Tyal - HP: 49, AC: 21 (darkvision) Monday June 28th, 2004 10:14:21 PM
Tyal watches as the others talk to the samurai and shakes his head at the satyr. This man seems to have the manors of a grater.
He waits to see what the group will do next. He does not mind going the same way as the samurai, but will not mention it. Otherwise he keeps an eye out at the area for signs of trouble. He just wishes that they will hurry up, he does not like to be in one place for long...especially inside the boundary.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Justin Webber (DM) Moving Again Monday June 28th, 2004 10:44:52 PM
Aelanthir and Kashmari along with Fern also have stayed silent at this point and watches the group and what they do/say.
After some time Sahikito shrugs and turns to head North, "I head North, you may come along or go your own way." Sahikito glances at Hart and speaks slowly, forcing a practiced calm on himself, "Great horned man...my ancestor did what he did to protect the family. He served the ruler with out one mistake for many many years and his soul in the blade is what guides each family member that carries it. The wisdom of the old ones should never be discarded."
Sahikito continues on his way now. He is silent ad careful, every now and then his hand touches a tree like he had done earlier and then continues on. He is being very careful and watches everything.
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+21=26 d20+17=29 d20+21=24 d20+19=32 Tuesday June 29th, 2004 4:16:17 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart shrugs, turns and intends to continue on with the others. (Listen 26, Move Silently 29, Spot 24, Survival 32) "We go."
Spirit waves 'bye' to the man known as Sahikito.
Loran preens away.
Sir Henri Tuesday June 29th, 2004 6:54:51 AM
Henri will also follow this odd fighter, but somehow he feel that this is the right thing to do. Hank keep a stone face but inside of him he smiles.
Eiras {Invisible - Confused} d20+15=29 d20+12=27 Tuesday June 29th, 2004 10:43:10 AM
{OOC:Are we following the ronin or not?}
{On the assumption that we are} Eiras will continue to stay to the flank of the warrior, stalking and moving as quietly as possible. {Move Silent:29 Track:27}
Mykell Zweihand Tuesday June 29th, 2004 11:26:38 AM
Mykell moves up by Hart and speaks gently to the man since he doesn't want his comment taken wrong, "I don't question other people's beliefs and ways of life. I'm sure that even you have things we humans and such would consider odd or even evil. We may end up at the city that man spoke of so we all should try to keep a open mind my friend."
Mykell glances at Hart again, lifting the vizor to his helmet as he does so Hart can see his face and he smiles once more, "Don't all familes want their sons and so on to be safe and to be taken care of? Anyway, what do I know. I'm a simple mercenary. Family and such things is out of my grasp."
Mykell hurries to follow the ronin now.
Namfoodle the troubleshooter Tuesday June 29th, 2004 12:10:37 PM
Walking on the other side of Hart,he speaks to the satyr in elven,"Humans are a strange lot. Look at what they manage to accomplish in such short lifetimes. Their beliefs and ways are different than mine and yours,but look around us,nearly all the races are represented here,and we are all trying to quell the evil that threatens to destroy us." Looking directly into his eyes. "I know I sometimes seem pompous and arrogant,but that is all an act,it's my stage personna,and by your'e logic,my pretending to be someone else is lying and probably evil. I am not trying to change your mind or make you give up your'e beliefs,all I am trying to do is get you to be more open minded,less judgemental. We are all different and come from different backgrounds."
Concern showing on the gnome's face,"Have you thought about the sacrife that human's ancestor made? He has given up his chance for eternal happines to be confined to a sword,he shall never know rest,but his family will always have him around to look out for them,in a sense. Think over what I have said. When we finish our buisness here we will talk about this in greater detail." Giving the satyr a sly wink,he falls behind to tell Kashmari a few jokes and flatter her a little more.
Justin Webber (DM) Moving on and sudden appearance Tuesday June 29th, 2004 11:44:39 PM
The group begins to move to follow the ronin as the ronin leaves the area. Just as you leave the area another person happens into the area. The man looks to be a fighter and currently rather lost since the Shadow Boundary is a confusing place.
(OOC:After everyone greets the new player you all can cetch up with the ronin and will see the following stuff. DanielK, please enter your character here and I will let you post your description for him :).)
The group follows the ronin for a many hours non stop. Sahikito does seem to know or a round about guess of where he is going or wanting to go. He does stop and kneel, touching the ground for a few moments before standing and adjusting his course alittle bit but still heads North.
After quite awhile longer Sahikito stops and kneels, moving some thick brush to the side with a stick he pickes up off the ground. He nods and looks back before waving you all forward but first picking up a leaf and crunching it carefully between his fingers and lifting a finger to his lips.
Ahead of you in a area big enough to fit the whole city of Har Dell is a large pyramid looking temple. Loud chanting comes from the temple in demonic and one voice even sounds relatively human. The large stone steps leading up to the top of the pyramid where a door way is is filled with many different demons. They are as thick as flies on the steps and most are kneeling and worshipping or maybe praying. Up at the top on either side of the door are a pair of large red demons, both hold a flaming sword in one hand and a fiery whip in the other.
(OOC:Side note, Fern, Aelenthir and Kashmari has mainly remainded at the back of the group through out the walk and such getting here. Kashmari of course does talk to Namfoodle as he comes back to charm her and talk to her.)
Eiras Wednesday June 30th, 2004 3:45:29 AM
Eiras comes back to the group, arms out with hands empty, to show the two newcomers that he is peaceful.
In a low voice, Eiras begins speaking (in Elvish),"There is nothing we can do about this. Look at them, they are as thick as flies on dung. I am fairly certain I can get back here, if necessary, since we now know the location."
Eiras turns to Sahikito, "I am Eiras, an elven tracker and hunter. I hope I am not being too rude in asking but how are you able to seek out this place?"
Eiras Wednesday June 30th, 2004 3:46:03 AM
{OOC: before returning Eiras becomes visible again}
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+16=32 d20+21=23 d20+17=26 d20+21=23 d20+19=28 Wednesday June 30th, 2004 5:57:49 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart responds to Namfoodle by nodding yes, but it's unclear which part he agrees with. Upon coming on the temple, the satyr disappears quickly from sight and so does the owl. (Hide 32, Listen 23, Move Silently 26, Spot 23, Survival 28) He knows when not to make an appearance, the sheer number of demons is insane. One would have to be foolish or noble to directly attack the ceremony.
Spirit hangs behind in the hood.
Loran flies ahead and follows the stranger until coming upon the temple, then goes away out of sight.
Sir Henri Wednesday June 30th, 2004 8:18:05 AM
Henri follow the fighter all the way with a currious following. But when he and the others came across this black Temple, his feeling of hatred fill his heart. He has never felt this away before but he for one will have to have a part to distroy this Vile place. "Palor! Bless this poor servent and his sword."
Namfoodle Wednesday June 30th, 2004 11:29:31 AM
A little disapointed at Kashmari's lack of reaction,he plods on after the group.
Startled at the sheer number of demons,he stops and asks,"Namfoodle does not hink force will prevail in this situation." Looking around,"Namfiidle is open to suggestions."
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday June 30th, 2004 1:14:52 PM
Mykell shakes his head at the amount of demons before them and looks to the others as he speaks lowly, "We should take the info of what we see here back to Beowulf. There is no way we can defeat all of those demons or get close enough to gather more info."
(David: Sorry about the lack of response from Kashmari. I was late on posting so had to lump alot of posts into one since I'm running Kashmari, Aelenthir and Fern till those players get back.)
Marek Isentomb Wednesday June 30th, 2004 2:31:59 PM
Coming into the clearing just after the Ronin leaves is a human male. At just under 6 feet and only 170 pounds with plain brown matted and long hair with hazel eyes, he is hardly an imposing figure. His face is marked with childhood acne and is dominated by a nose even gnomes might consider large. The only things which seem to receive any attention is his weaponry and armor. A gleaming and well used spiked chain hangs from a belt strap slung side crossed over his steel breastplate. A re-curved composite short bow on his left side, a well worn hand axe on his right and carefully maintained quiver on his back next to a shabby back pack of cracking leather.
Calling his appearance unkept is being extraordinarily polite. Dried blood, dirt, road dust and most of his meals of the past few months can be found on his tattered clothes and his overly full beard.
Seeing the group, he stops and quickly surveys the scene. Bunch of dead demons with folk standing about talking. He raises a hand in greeting, "Seems you longer require help here. I heard the battle and well Came looking. If you are here at Beowulf's call I would like to join with you."
Tyal (darkvision) Wednesday June 30th, 2004 2:35:02 PM
Tyal follows along with the others keeping his mouth shut as he does. Though he has some interest in the samurai he says nothing to him or tries to make conversation, he does not feel this is the place.
Finally they reach the target that they seek...only to find it surrounded by demons in prayer or worship. He is suddenly glad that this is only a scouting mission and not something else.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Justin Webber (DM) Watching Thursday July 1st, 2004 12:14:16 AM
Marek watches as most of the group moves on after he enters the clearing. Fern, Kashmari and Aelenthir move over to greet the young fighter though. The greetings is short but mainly telling him that they are their on orders of Beowulf and had just met the ronin who they are following.
Everyone looks into the clearing ahead with a mixture of feelings. It is clear that rushing out there would be suicide though and Sahikito looks back at all of you and nods, "If you serve Beowulf like you all said then this info should be relayed to him as quick as possible."
Sahikito looks at Eiras when he shows up and nods to the man before looking out over the temple area and speaks, "The spirit in my sword tells me of the place, it can sense the suffering here. In the dimension pocket it tranfers the power of feeling evil and suffering to me. The other reason is my secret yet, you may find out in the near future."
Sahikito stands and turns away from the clearing, his eyes having shifted to a pure white in color for just a split second (Spot DC:20 to of noticed) and begins to walk away, touching a tree as he does and he almost goes rigid, "darkness comes, everyone move fast!"
Just as Sahikito gets the words out, in the brush just to the side of the direction you were looking into the temple area clearing is loud noises of something running through the brush and even scraping trees. The noise doesn't sound like it is on really feet in the sense of like humans but something else. It is moving fast whatever it is.
Eiras d20+11=12 d20+8=24 d20+15=27 d20+11=19 Thursday July 1st, 2004 12:50:32 AM
Eiras fails to notice Sahikito's eyes but he does go invisible again and then tries to climb a tree with a fork or some other vantage point he can use to view the maruading 'jabberwocky' {Climb:24 Move Silent:27 Spot:19}
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+16=28 d20+19=23 d20+12=19 d20+17=31 d20+20=26 Thursday July 1st, 2004 1:11:47 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Off to one side, just in the brush, Hart hears the movement and thinks to himself. 'What does that creature sound most like?' (Nature 28 and Survival 23... what kind of creature makes that sound while moving? What is large enough to scrape tree while it passes?)
Spirit shivers, shaking the hood of the fey's cloak.
Loran is nowhere around. (Listen 19, Move Silently 31, Spot 26) He's doing recon on the sound for Hart and will relay the info he gets.
Sir Henri d20+3=17 Thursday July 1st, 2004 7:13:42 AM
Henri backs way from the center, arms himself and waits to see what kind of danger it is.
Marek Isentomb d20+1=15 Thursday July 1st, 2004 9:13:50 AM
Failing to notice anything peculiar about Sahikito, Marek unclips his Spiked chain and takes a position near Sir Henri at the warning call. "Can any see it?"
Mykell Zweihand Thursday July 1st, 2004 1:57:58 PM
Mykell looks to the others and shakes his head abit, "Whatever is coming sounds rather big and probably mean. Should we be waiting for it or trying to get out of here?"
Mykell pulls his longsword and readies himself some as he speaks again, "Anyway, remember how close we are to the darn temple."
Tyal (darkvision) d20+6=18 d20+6=13 Thursday July 1st, 2004 5:06:38 PM
Tyal glances to the rest of the group and starts to slowly back away from the noise. He had noticed something in the samurai's voice that told him they were outmatched here. The evil coming their way is almost thick enough to cut with a dagger and yet these fools wanted to stay.
He glances in all directions as he plans his own escape route. "What comes is beyond us...the reek of evil is intense." He glances to the paladin who should have the greatest sense of this.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Justin Webber (DM) In Coming Thursday July 1st, 2004 8:05:32 PM
Some of the group stop to see what is coming and prepare themselves for battle as others get ready to make flight. Sahikito frowns when he sees most of the groups reaction and turns, calling out, "Darn it you all, run now!"
Just after Sahikito yells his warning a huge creature breaks through the brush. The creature looks like a humanoid frog but huge in size. It's forelegs are replaced by powerful arms and it's gnashing mouth has rows of blunt but powerful teeth. Spines run it's back also and it looks at the group like you all are mere morsals of food for it.
Sahikito frowns and clasps his hands together, whispering to himself now as he closes his eyes and soon 4 duplicates appear of himself. Something weird also happens to the group as a faint voice is heard in your heads, it sounds slightly like Sahikito but a deeper accent, "Too powerful for you." Right after you hear the voice the surroundings waver some and you suddenly appear away back from the fight but close enough that you can see Sahikito and the demon.
It takes the demon only a short time to smash the images of Sahikito and soon Sahikito himself is running towards you guys and ladies now calling out, "Seems the spirit of my sword that guides me thinks you guys should live....now run before this thing cetches you."
Eiras {Invisible} d20+15=33 d20+12=23 Friday July 2nd, 2004 12:03:50 AM
Eiras will make his way back the way the group came on his own side trail, moving quickly but not recklessly and trying to stay silent. {Move Silent:33 Track:23}
Hart, Spirit and Loran Friday July 2nd, 2004 12:47:49 AM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart bolts as fast as his fey legs can carry him away from the Slaad. Mentally, the fey tells the man, 'Thank you.'
Spirit beats him on the back of the head as if to say, 'Move faster STUPID!'
Loran flies for his life, following the satyr.
Namfoodle Friday July 2nd, 2004 2:00:47 AM
Having already decided to himself that rtreat was the better part of valor,he grabs Kashmari by the hand and yells to Fern,"Move it or lose it!" Pulling Kashmari as he begins to run away.
He thinks to himself,"It can't end like this."
Sir Henri Friday July 2nd, 2004 8:49:01 AM
Henri take one look of this demon and will listen to the voice in his head. The paladin turn to Marek, telling him "When a voice in your head tells you to run, you listen to it. NOW! RUN!." Hank trys to run silenly but that is almost imposible but the paladin can move fast,hopefuly Marek can keep up with him.
Marek Isentomb Friday July 2nd, 2004 9:11:54 AM
Marek whirls on his heel and is off with the paladin chain still in hand, but it becomes very evident that ground speed is not the mans fortie.
OoC Marek has a speed of 20
Mykell Zweihand Friday July 2nd, 2004 10:31:11 AM
Mykell nods his thanks to the spirit that teleported them and turns to run also. He unfortunetly has a small problem of armor and movement but he does the best he can to get away. Mykell holds his sword readied in one hand while running and watches the others, "I'm going to have to look into something that will let me move faster."
(OOC: Don't feel bad Marek my character has the same run away speed.)
Tyal (darkvision) Friday July 2nd, 2004 11:53:53 AM
Tyal cusses or at least from the inflections and tone of his voice, that is what you think he is doing...though in several different languages. He listens to the voice in his head as he turns and makes a mad dash from the demon.
He does not say anything but wonders how long they can keep this pace up. It is well know that demons have amazing stamina.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Justin Webber (DM) Running for dear life Friday July 2nd, 2004 12:40:50 PM
Everyone turns tail and runs as fast as they can as the huge demon gives chase. You quickly can tell how come it was making so much noise as it smashes through the brush and such that gets in it's way, moving around the trees ever so slightly though.
Kashmari, Fern and Alenthir move quickly to retreat also as the huge demon gives chase. Kashmari being pulled along by Namfoodle.
Sahikito paces behind the last retreating pair and frowns at their speeds as he calls up, "You two need to beable to be faster." The forest blurrs around you as you run for dear life.
Sahikito mumbles a small prayer under his breath as he runs and each person in the group feels a renewed vigor in their bodies and are able to press on longer then normal. Soon you break through the curtain of shadows surrounding the forest within.
Outside is the sun that shines light on to the world and the grass blows in the light wind. Sahikito breaks through in time to call out, "Keep going, it still comes." As everyone runs on it is clear that the demon has followed as behind you you hear the great thudding of huge feet and Mykell and those of 20ft speed can swear they feel the hot breath of the demon on their back. Each can just imagine great claws or teeth gnashing at their bodies, ripping them to shreds before they die horribly.
Interupting these images though is a bright flash of light behind you and a feral scream of Sahikito. The scream does not sound like one of pain though and a hint of a melody like can be heard in his voice. Anyone glancing back will notice that a great change has occured in Sahikito and now the man who once wore the foreign looking clothes stands in a full plate battle armor but without a helmet on so his now almost translucent white hair blows in the light wind. Powerful and large white wings spread from his back and a single sword is gripped in one hand, the same curved sword though but now it glows with a almost angelic looking aura.
The demons stops now as it glares down at Sahikito, "So the heralds of light take note of us."
Sahikito glares down the demon and speaks slowly and in measured words, "These people have a great destiny before them. We, the heralds of light will not allow you to end their noble mission now. You will not go a inch farther and you will not be allowed to report to your master."
Sahikito's pure white eyes turn to the group and he nods, "Go, deliver your info. Tell Beowulf that the Heralds of Light have chosen sides and that the heros he seeks are found."
With that said Sahikito charges the demon and a great fight erupts before you. Magics, swords, claws and teeth are unleashed and before you you can picture the epic battle of good and evil beginning once more like it has many many times in the past of Har Dell. Each persons mind is briefly fuzzied with images flashing through your minds, including the poor spirit that Hart has. The images show countless upon countless battle with the darkness over the many years. You see heros unknown to you since they are before Beowulf, you see Beowulf and briefly you see yourselves before the images fade.
Namfoodle Friday July 2nd, 2004 1:48:30 PM
Not even bothering to glance back,continues to pull Kashmari,he yells in as loud as he can,"Don't stop whatever you do!"
Hart, Spirit and Loran Friday July 2nd, 2004 3:58:42 PM Active Spells- Easy Trail 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow), Wood Wose 'Spirit' 6 hours(cast when entering Shadow)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Produce Flame, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
Hart, most likely the fastest of the entire party, (mostly due to lack of metal armor, no hinderance of brush and sure-footedness), he yells as he runs hidden in the brush. He leaves no tracks or signs that he's passed through the area, due to his Easy Trail. "Pick up your feet Hymnsayer! Metal ones, streep tha steel oof your body! Fly, fly!" (After a minute of running, Hart has moved 1600 feet. Page 162 DMG.)
Spirit holds onto the hood as the fey bounces him around.
Loran is off ahead of the party, directing Hart as needed around any demons and other obsticles.
Marek Isentomb Friday July 2nd, 2004 5:37:42 PM
Marek pounds on without a word, just the steady rythm of his breathing and sound of his armor marks his run. Though he knows he can continue for a great while, he can't outrun the demon. Just as he is about to turn and face the creature, the voice enters his head and pushes him on. Whoever Sahikito is, he means to make good thier escape. Then up ahead another voice rings out, "Pick up your feet Hymnsayer! Metal ones, streep tha steel oof your body! Fly, fly!"
Your Weapon is your life, never return from battle without it in your hand unless it is laid beside you. His first captains words sound clearly. It is never given another thought.
Breaking the shadow line, Marek keeps going until he hears Sahikito ordering them to report to Beowulf and only then does he stop to turn about. With a nod to the Herald of Light he turns again and continues for home at a hurried pace.
Mykell Zweihand Saturday July 3rd, 2004 4:20:16 PM
Mykell slows abit when he has the visions flash through his mind, he wonders exactly what the heck is going on but once they clear he just shrugs them off guessing for now it is best to get the heck out of here rather then ponder the meaning of such visions.
(OOC: Jay B has said that something in my posting or going ons in the game is confusing him so if there is any others who have questions about anything game wise then please email me your questions and I'll answer as well as I can. Stug_Netos@yahoo.com )
Sir Henri Saturday July 3rd, 2004 7:05:41 PM
Henri run for dear life, but look back to see if Marek is not falling behind, Tells him "Did you see that?? Deamon vs. Angle??" The paladin will keep in step with Marek. "This way! This way!".
Tyal (darkvision) Saturday July 3rd, 2004 8:16:11 PM
Tyal does not stop to listen to anything as he runs for his life. He has the mind to put his shield on his back as he runs and his morningstar away.
Then the visions hit and he staggers for a minute till he realizes what he is being shown. It does not take him long to recover and he runs on. His pace is steady and that of someone that is use to running in the heavier armors, with little rest.
He listens to what Hart has to say but does not listen. Let the satyr outdistance him if he likes, that will not stop him from getting away. Still if it is his Goddess's wish for him to die...then so be it.
[full out run can cover 120' even in breastplate...wonder why? :)]
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Kashmari d20+8=26 d20+26=29 d20+4=17 Sunday July 4th, 2004 7:38:14 PM
Kashmari feels a few brief stinging sensations in her left side but does not stop running. She makes a mental note to apologize to Namfoodle for her vapid state of mind recently. "Thank you for looking out for me Namfoodle," she says in a low somewhat winded voice, "your thoughtfulness is highly appreciated." The Half-Elf woman would have smiled gratefully to the considerate gnome; hadn't running taken precedence.
(When camp is next set). When there is time Kashmari will take time to find her inner-peace and then sort through as many of the mental images as she can to get a better understanding of them. She will share her understanding of the images with primarily Aelanthir and Namfoodle, and then with anyone else who cares to discuss the "visions". The psion feels that Sir Henri; and few other warriors, might even be rather interested in discussing past heros and their deeds. (Autohypnosis 26, Concentration 29)
Also when camp is set she will politely ask Namfoodle if she may speak with him. Kashmari would rather be very polite at first just in case he is upset with her. (Charisma 17) Kashmari will try to explain that the Shadowlands had an unexpected effect on her for awhile. She describes it as annoying mental clutter, and because she isn't used to that she just basically blocked out a great many things in order to focus her mind. She will also inform the bard that thankfully the bothersome clutter has passed, and hopefully will not be a problem in the future. She hopes that Namfoodle will wish to speak with her still.
After everything is hopefully set right with Namfoodle Kashmari will appraoch Marek and introduce herself properly. (Naturally Kashmari will spend quite some time talking with Namfoodle if he wishes to talk. She will not rush things.) She will excuse her rude, curt behavior to Marek but not go into any real detail as to why she has been behaving strangely. The Half-Elven young lady will politely inquire about Marek's background, and ask why he has joined up with them. She is fishing for info on whether or not Beowulf sent him as well. Kashmari wonders if Marek was sent because Beowulf wanted to check up on the group, but she keeps that thought well-hidden from anyone else; particularly Marek of course!
(Autohypnosis 26 ('reviewing' the images of the heros et.al.), Concentration 29, Charisma (hoping to influence Namfoodle in a postive way, so he won't be too upset) 17)
((OOC: Thank you Justin for NPCing Kashmari and Aelanthir. Dom and I greatly appreciate it. Please just make a note of how much Kashmari was able to gleen; during her meditation and concentration, from the visions the "angel" sent Justin.))
Eiras d20+8=20 Sunday July 4th, 2004 10:18:15 PM
When Eiras catches up to the group, he is visible and visibly shaken.
He quickly sets out to make a pot of tea, stripping of his cloak and scarf as he does. With his scarf off, for the first time you see his hair. It is black near the ends but the hair closest to his scalp has a greenish cast. His pale skin seems even more pale after the encounter with the demon.
Besides making the tea and making it available to the others, Eiras remains silent. He shakes his head to let Kashmari know he is not interested in discussing the flight from the shadow.
Eiras doesn't sleep at all that night, he stares off into the night sky and repairs gear and works on a few arrows (Craft:20)
Namfoodle d20+10=30 d20+10=23 Monday July 5th, 2004 2:36:41 AM
Namfoodle,breaths a sigh of relief as he passes through the barrier.
After setting up camp for the evening,he makes sure his crossbow is secure,and that Mule is okay.
Seeing Kashmari once again acting normal,brings about a sense of relief. Naming the shadow the cause for her strange behavoir.
As she discusses her visions he listens carefully,remaining silent,partially to be polite and partially in amazement at the wonderful combination of beauty and ability.
He does laugh at her a little when she mentions Namfoodle being mad and responds,"Mad Namfoodle was not. Namfoodle was concerned. The spark of life that Namfoodel sees in you was in danger of fading away,Namfoodle could not stand and let that happen."
Giving her a sly overexagerated wink,"Don't worry,my interest in you has far from faded,actually,after listening to you talk,it has increased." The last was spoken in a very serious manner.
When asked to play,he practically falls over himself in trying to get his lyre,remembering he still has the satyr's pipes he grabs them as well. Walking over to Hart,he asks the satyr to accompany him in a song or two. Handing over the pipes he begins to play the song her first heard the satyr play at Beowulf's table.Perform 30)
Later after things have settled,and he feels the mood is well again,he oes to sit across from Kashmari and begins to play a quiet soothing song,for her.(Perform 23)
When he finishes he gets up bows gracefully and heads to his blankets.
Justin Webber (DM) Camping to rest Monday July 5th, 2004 9:16:23 AM
(OOC: Wow, saved me a boring post of you running along till you make it to the forest where you met the elves. Thank you for that, this is sincere also just a fyi.)
The visions assault peoples minds and passes, farther running yet goes on for abit before you finally make it in the forest where you met the elves previously in your adventurer. The woods are silent like before but you have no being watched feeling as everyone prepares the camp for the time being.
Everyone goes about there thing (read below for what Kashmari learns) and Namfoold plays a soothing song for the people and Kashmari which the song exhoes in the forest some as it is played.
Just before night begins to creep onto the land everyone can hear something strange, it sounds like the whistling of something flying through the air at great speed. Before much moving can be done a large, slender sword which everyone has seen before slams into the ground point first next to the fire. The blade has black blood and some silvery white blood running down it and even a few white wing feathers are blown into the clearing as a gust picks up for just a second. Each person can get a sense that this is a way of telling you all that your safe for now, that no danger is chasing you, maybe a final gesture.
Moments pass but the wielder of the sword never enters, not a moan, cry or sound is heard of the warrior and herald of light Sahikito. The forest has taken on a strange silence, almost as if the forest, the wind, the stars and even land mourns. This all can be sensed most keenly by Hart who may find it disturbing or maybe make a sense of pride that the land mourns the loss of such a man and also there is a small sense of justice that the demon Sahikito had fought was dead and would be one less darkness bring on the land.
(Kashmari learns from thinking over the visions with her talents that the images before Beowulf were previous heros. Most of them were normal humans and races that stood up against the darkness. The images of Beowulf is nothing that no one already doesn't know. Thei mages of the group are possiblities of the future. Either way the images show the group has a great hold on the out come of the what becomes of Har Dell in the future. Kashmari can also get the sense that the darkness coming is not really a coisidence or random occurance, this has happened many times in the past. It seems like some game of the dark and good gods, angels and devils and more. Something more powerful of both good and evil stands behind the lines of all this but there is no way of knowing what at the time.)
Sir Henri Monday July 5th, 2004 11:49:40 AM
The Paladin watches the others then makes his way over to the slender sword. With gloved hand picks up out of the ground, he wippes it clean, hold it up, point it to the sky (Like Shahikito use to do, "This sword belongs to Shahikito! If he need it, the heaven will take it."
OOC If the heaven opens up, Henri will go back to this quest. If the heavens don't open up, You (DM) better tell me what to do with it? Keep it? or Give it to stronger Player?
Marke Isentomb Monday July 5th, 2004 2:58:17 PM
Marek sits against a tree to catch his breath and settle down. To Kashmari he gives a couple shakes of his head. "I am a simple soldier. Heroes and Visions are for others not I."
Marek relaxes to the music and has several strong drinks with some dried rations. He then produces a pipe and has a smoke.
The sword lands and Sir Henri moves to get it. Marek eases back against a tree and watches but declines to say anything.
Tyal (darkvision) Monday July 5th, 2004 6:24:07 PM
Tyal finds the clearing with the others and leans over breathing hard from the exercise. He silently thanks his goddess for the training that she pushes her priests to endure. After several minutes he gets his breathing back under control and he is able to concentrate on getting things done.
He sets up an area that he can get some rest at and takes a cup of the offered tea. He sits on his blanket and slowly drinks his tea as he ponders the fate of Sahikito and the visions. He makes not attempts to socialize as he tries to come to grips with what he just had witnessed and get details straight in his mind.
The return of the sword but not the owner brings him some pain for a worthy warrior, but also a sense of peace. He could well understand duty and the fulfilling of ones duty. He will sleep well this night as he is tired, but not without taking a watch of his own.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Mykell Zweihand Monday July 5th, 2004 6:42:58 PM
Mykell huffs and puffs in the clearing and sits down against a tree as he pulls his vizor helment off. After many mins of cetching his breath, he looks up at the others.
Mykell's mind goes through the things that has just happened, interupted only by Kashamri asking to talk about the visions and also the sword that suddenly hits point first into the ground.
Mykell makes a small sign with one hand and whispers a prayer for the warrior before looking to Kashmari, "Any info you could get from the visions would be much appreciated."
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+16=18 d20+19=27 d20+21=34 d20+21=22 d20+12=28 d20+17=23 d20+20=23 d20+8=10 Monday July 5th, 2004 6:59:42 PM Active Spells- None currently.
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water x2, Purify Food/Drink x2 First Level: Hide from Animals, Speak With Animals Second Level: Lesser Restoration Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
"No moosic fur me dees night Hymnsayer, I am ooneasy. I take watch, after evening food. You play." Hart lets the gnome hold the pipes for a while longer. He starts his own little fire(Produce Flame), finds a very flat rock(about the size of a saucer or small plate) and sets it in the embers. The satyr removes several small bundles of cloth or leaves from his pack, which are all containing some sort of food stuffs. He unwraps one bundle of mushrooms and places several onto the stone. Then he removes salt and sage and sprinkles them over the mushrooms. The next bundle is some sort of dried/salted pink fish which he simply munches on as he watches the mushrooms. He occassionally turns them with a stick. When the mushrooms are done, he places them on a broad, wide leaf he found along the way. He then breaks open a bottle of FINE Elven Aleeian Wine and passes it around the group, after taking a large 'chug' from it (Fort save 10, failed). He keeps the mushrooms to himself, unless asked for a sample. :) "Tha wine ees rare. Share eet." Now dessert. He rolls up a Lotus peddle again, this time dipping it in honey then chewing it sparingly. The satyr seems to have consumed enough wine that, even with his endurance, he's now very happy and does indeed play the pipes with Namfoodle. "Hymnshhaayyer, me pipes! Famnoodle! Gnome!" He snorts.
During his watch, Hart will search for wood or reed suitable for pipe making, all the while trying to retain balance. (Nature 18, Survival 27) Watch. (Listen 34, Spot 22)
Early in the evening, Spirit pops away.
Loran goes on the hunt, returning later with a mouse that had a bad night. He also circle the camp most of the night, watching during several watches. (Listen 28, Move Silently 23, Spot 23)
Eiras Monday July 5th, 2004 10:51:17 PM
The next morning Eiras is swathed in his scarves again.
"Shall we return to Beowulf altogether? I feel compelled to tell the Elven Court of our discovery."
Namfoodle d20+6=22 d20+9=16 d20+7=25 Tuesday July 6th, 2004 11:50:13 AM
After only four hours of sleep he is up again,this time to water groom and feed the animals.( Handle Animal 22)
He carefully scans the perimeter of the camp for any signs of stray demons.(Listen 16 Spot 25)
He also checks his lyre for any damage that may have been done to it in the last two nights. He also takes a little time to sit down and write down notes of the things that have happened while they are still fresh in his mind.
After he has finished that he begins to put his bedding away. Remembering the imprtance of the large chest strappped to Mule's back he checks on it's contents as well.
As the rest of the group begins to stir,he quickly ducks behind Mule to cast prestidigitation,removing last nights dirt from his person. Gods forbid he be seen looking even slightly unkempt.
In response to Erias,"Our task is to report to Beowulf. Sahikito,gave his life to see that task done.The elves will find out of on their own,I would not be surprised if there were not one or two of them watching us right now."
Looking at everyone that is awake,"What we must do is report to Beowulf,and convince him that we must attack them before they can amass enough numbers to overwhelm us."
Eiras Tuesday July 6th, 2004 12:56:02 PM
"It does not take nine or ten people to report back to Beowulf. I did not ask Sahikito to give his life for me - I am grateful but I will not burdened with that responsibility. He made a choice, as did we all. I wonder now though considering the massive numbers of demons already massed, how come they haven't begun to overwhelm us yet. There is no single force that could stop that many demons. Maybe though if word could be gotten to the elves, humans and dwarves and any others interested, we could put together a semblance of resistance to the demons" Eiras looks at Namfoodle awaiting his response.
Aelanthir Tuesday July 6th, 2004 5:50:59 PM
"Eiras, none of us asked for Sahikito to give his life for us but he did just that so that we could get the information to Beowulf. I do not think that the demons will allow us to get the information to Beowulf or any others without trying to stop us. If we do not travel as a group they can pick us off one or two at a time, atleast that is what I would do in their position." Aelanthir calmly stays.
Aelanthir looks to the entire group then says "I think we should move as quickly as possible, while maintaining a carefull watch around us for attacks."
Kashmari Tuesday July 6th, 2004 6:42:57 PM
Kashmari makes a few points clear. "They are not my visions, simply my review of the images that 'avian' chose to show us." In a clearly disgusted voice she concludes, "typically we are merely pawns in some twisted game; repeated time and again for reasons I am not privy to." Kashmari does not believe in higher powers, as a psion she is quite certain that one's 'fate' is dictated through the actions of oneself and/or other sentient beings. In essence if you know yourself, have enough confidence, and apply your mind and will you can make anything happen; even "magic tricks" called Divine Magic. She is well-aware that magic exists of course, but she sincerely believes that it is a part of the wielder not from some outside, obscure entity or source.
"Mykell most of the images were past history. Basically individuals who just happened to be in the right place at the wrong time. By whatever means were available they vanquished the Dark Foes [spoken with obvious sarcasm] and became what peasants like to call Heroes. Beowulf's; and his companions, deeds were flashed through our minds as well. You probably recognized those events." She pauses for a breather. "Then it went on to imply that we most likely will end up treading much the same path. True to form the outcome is still undecided, since we do have considerable say in our own choices and actions." Dryly the psion adds, "anyone who cares to can read up on Har Dell's history at any College or cultured noble's library. It seems the idea is that we have been baited to actively participate in making recent history."
The Half-Elven female smiles a curt, almost wicked, smile at the newcomer Marek, "Marek, that means you also. The 'visions' do concern you this time since you happen to be one of those individuals in the right place at the wrong time." With a wry grin Kashmari tells Namfoodle, "keep a journal Master Namfoodle. In time you might just end up lecturing on your first-hand accounts at the Bardic Colleges." Naturally her comment to the gnome bard is not intended as a joke or anything mean, just a jibe at how society often works.
"Eiras if you want to try and convince all Peoples that it is in their best interests to work together against the Demons you are welcome to the task. Best of luck to you. My business is primarily with Beowulf until he pays me for the time given over to this task." She adds almost as an after-thought, "if we cross pathes with the Elven patrol again it would be an honorable gesture to inform them of the danger the Shadowlands and the Demons seem to pose. Likewise should we encounter any of the Dwarven patrols. Let them all make up their own minds and devise their own tactics after they have gained the knowledge we have learned."
As is her wont Kashmari has helped with camp chores, participated in keeping watch (if necessary), taken what sleep she could get, and cleaned up and meditated after her rest. She does what she can to clean up after camp has been packed away as well. After all it isn't a good thing to leave a messy camp site behind you.
Justin Webber (DM) Morning Tuesday July 6th, 2004 8:13:16 PM
Night passes with each person doing their thing and even having abit of song and dance before the night is up. Henri holds the large sword up for the heavens to take or not but nothing happens, the sword seems to shiver abit in Henri's hands before a voice actually issued, "I can not go. Sahikito has family left in the home he mentioned. I will watch over the remaining family members as I have watched over him over these many many years. You all must find a way to get me there, maybe through this man named Beowulf." (Sahikito's sword is unable to be wielded by any of the group. The sword can be carried and handled but not wielded as it seems to refuse to.)
Morning comes with many activites of cleaning camp and preparing to move out in what direction left undetermined as talk of what to do comes.
In a few hours of wakingup and packing camp etc something surprising happens. First is the sudden appearance of a lone elf who holds a very familiar harp appears. The elf didn't showup till removing his cloak and smiles as bows low, "My my my, people of such high honor in the forest once more. Luck must be with you to of made it in and out of the Shadow without being harmed."
Melic smiles as he looks to each person and grins seeing Kashmari, "Ohh my, once again the world pales and times slows for beauty is once again before my eyes. Please give me a moment for my racing heart to settle and my eyes to adjust to such beauty."
Melic after a few dramatic mins of pause finally speaks, "News is not needed my friends, I caught just the tell end of your comments before making it here. Also Dramual of the dwarves has made it to our forest with alittle over 20 of his dwarves that went against the Shadow Boundary. I fear almost all that force was wiped out but his 20 but they by their word did cut down many demons before retreating." Melic glances to Eiras, "Thank you for wanting to deliver this news to us but I will handle the rest from here. We have sent the 20 dwarves to Beowulf's home since for now we can't let them in the elven city. I will be sending word to Beowulf on the elves position in this matter but I do not think he has much to worry about since the elves will go to war against the shadows as will the dwarves since recently a new threat has approached the dwarves door from the demons."
Melic runs a finger over the harp strings and suddenly thundering of hooves can be heard before a horse per person appears in the clearing. Melic smiles and motions to the horses, "elven steeds, they will get you to Beowulf quicker, deliver your information and we will see what happens from there."
Marek Isentomb Tuesday July 6th, 2004 8:16:19 PM
Marek looks back at Kahmari, "No the visions do not concern me. I may be in them, but I see them as nothing more than wishful dreams. As for this place and time I am exectly where I choose to be and nothing more."
Marek then finishes his pipe and goes to bed
Marek Isentomb Tuesday July 6th, 2004 8:46:54 PM
OoC apparently was typing at the same time
Marek gives a curt nod of acknowlegdement towards Melic and waits for Sir Henri with a look and simple "Sir?"
Assuming he moves to a horse, Marek Mounts up with him and makes ready from there to get underway
Hart, Spirit and Loran Tuesday July 6th, 2004 9:32:20 PM ACTIVE SPELLS: Wood Wose (Spirit) 6 hours
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water, Detect Magic, Purify Food and Drink, Mending First Level: Endure Elements, Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Speak with Animals Second Level: Easy Trail, Summon Swarm Rod uses 1/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
"I can nut ride tha beasts, my legs are too short and bend tha wrung way. Thank you elf, but I can get along fair enough."
The satyr prepares spells early in the morning, saying prayers to Shalm, god of Nature. Hart seems to be nursing a hangover. He calls Spirit. (casts Wood Wose using rod)
Spirit pops in and waves to everyone.
Loran finds time in the morning to sleep atop the staff.
Eiras Tuesday July 6th, 2004 11:19:14 PM
Eiras starts to speak and then Melic shows up. When Melic speaks to him, Eiras sketches a small bow.
"It looks as though we are for Beowulf then. Let us make haste."
Tyal (darkvision) Tuesday July 6th, 2004 11:29:55 PM
Tyal glances to the others and shakes his head. He has to agree that he sees no reason to split up the group...why make easy targets to pick off. He is about to say something himself when Melic shows up to give them advice and news.
With a nod to the elf he looks to the approaching steeds and lets a low whistle. "Such beauty is rarely seen in these times." He cuts the elf a deep bow, knowing that this is a great honor.
When the others are ready to pull out he will take a mount and prepare himself. He has not been ahorse very many times but he knows enough to keep up on it.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Sir Henri Wednesday July 7th, 2004 8:21:34 AM
Henri smiles at Marek, "If you wait a minute I will call my horse" The paladin raises his arms once again "Flash! My mount! Come I need you." There in a flash is his mount, a dark gray horse with a mark of a white lighting bolt on his forehead.
The paladin puts the sword under the saddle, then mounts and look to Marek. "Now let's ride!"
Hart (OOC) Wednesday July 7th, 2004 8:58:33 AM
OOC: Note, I should have one less first level spell on my list. I'm removing Speak with Animals.
Namfoodle d20+10=14 Wednesday July 7th, 2004 1:15:26 PM
Seeing the elven bard,does not surprise Namfoodle,although he is genuinly glad to see him again. He observes him carefully,watching him "in action" so to speak. His instructor's at his bardic college alwasy told him,"That a smart bard will always work with another bard whether you know him or not because you can at least double your profits if not more."
He greets Melic,after his flattery of Kashmari,"I had a feeling you would turn up,before we made it out of your woods.He quickly pulls out his lyre and strums a few notes,"After we talk,how about we play a little diddy?"(Perform 14)
Looking at him seriously for a moment,and speaking in gnomish,"Do you speak my tounge?" Switching to dwarven,"Or this one perchance?" Hoping his hint at getting a private word with Melic gets across.
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday July 7th, 2004 5:32:51 PM
Mykell shakes his head at the sudden appearance of Melic and smiles abit, "Seems people like just showingup around us, maybe this is a new trend for the group."
Mykell listens to what is said before he looks to the horses called and walks over to look them over. Mykell isn't a very good judge all and all of horses but he can ride alittle and soon climbs onto on of the elven horses as he pats it's neck, "You going to beable to keep up with us then are good Satyr friend?" Mykell is remembering not to use Hart's name in public.
Aelanthir d20+5=17 Wednesday July 7th, 2004 5:59:57 PM
"Thank you for the use of one of the elven steeds Melic. I hope that you be safe in your travels and battles."
Aelanthir will gather his gear and then climb up onto one of the elven steeds then hang on with as best he can if it takes off at a run (ride 17.)
Kashmari d20+4=21 Wednesday July 7th, 2004 6:58:03 PM
Kashmari smiles brightly at Melic after his compliments. Between Namfoodle and Melic she absolutely likes bards she decides. For a split second the psion considers petitioning Melic to join his patrol. She quashes that thought quick as lightning though, immediately chalking it up as being flighty.
"Well met once again Master Melic. Assuredly it will always be a pleasure for me to hear your wonderful praises." Swiftly she adds, "I hope that my ungracious words earlier were not an insult to you or your shield-brothers. If so then I offer my sincerest apologies. I was merely thinking of expediency."
Kashmari picks out a suitable Elven steed. While gently holding the reigns she turns to face Melic, "thank you so very much for granting us use of these horses."
Kashmari (addendum) d20-1=10 d20+3=14 Wednesday July 7th, 2004 7:01:50 PM
Of course even in her flighty moments she will not forget to take her gear with her before leaving camp! It remains to be seen whether or not she can actually ride however...
(Ride 10, Dex check (just in case) 14)
Hart replying to Mykell Wednesday July 7th, 2004 7:41:55 PM
The satyr replies to Mykell. "I hafe a spell tat weell last fur several hours friend Steel Face." The satyr smirks in jest, almost thanking the man. "Eef I can nut keep up, I'll send my freend your way." Referring to Loran, who remains asleep atop the staff.
Justin Webber (DM) Talks&Moving Wednesday July 7th, 2004 11:09:08 PM
Melic looks to Namfoodle as he speaks in various languages. Melic grins after he lets the little man go through both languages and then replies once in gnomish and then again in dwarvish, "A bard learns to be talents in many different languages fellow bard. What do you wish to know?"
(OOC:I will handle Namfoodle's question in my next post plus also Namfoodle can make posts for moving on also inless the talks will take abit of time.)
The group quickly moves out after the talks between Namfoodle and Melic are over. Each person with or without riding experience gets a shock as each horse takes off easily and each person finds ease in the saddle that each horse has. The horses gallop off at a good speed, and it is clear that the stamina of the horses is something to behold.
For awhile the horses can out distance Hart and after a small amount of urging them to hold back the horses take alittle less of a gallop along as to keep Hart closer to the group in case of trouble.
(OOC: On horse back it will take the group less time to get to the city, so by just alittle while after mid day the group will reach the city once again. This includes Hart :) Each person can post up to reaching the city gates. Please do not post on entering them though.)
Tyal (darkvision) d20+8=11 d20+8=16 Wednesday July 7th, 2004 11:31:44 PM
Tyal rides along with the others, amazed at the easy gait of the horses. If he did not see the horse he would swear that he was just sitting in a padded chair.
Without realizing that he has even done it he pulls back his horse to keep pace with Hart. Though he would like to talk to the satyr he keeps his questions to himself at this time, letting the man save his breathe.
As they near the city and he can see the walls in the distance he slows his horse further. He takes the time to look over the surrounding area as if looking for trouble (listen 11, spot 16).
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Eiras d20+5=23 d20+8=25 d20+11=25 d20+11=23 Wednesday July 7th, 2004 11:39:41 PM
Eiras clearly enjoys the chance to ride such a swift steed. Along the way, he pulls down his scarves and bends close to the beast, whispering to him and patting his side (Wild Empathy Check:23}.
Eiras ranges ahead and to the sides of the group, letting the stallion run free. He is careful not to demand the horse exhaust itself but only to enjoy the run {Ride:25}.
Winded but slightly flushed with the experience, Eiras returns to the main group as they near the city walls. He sighs and says to no one in particular, "Never have I rode such a magnificent animal."
With that said, Eiras gives the horse one more rub on the side and pulls his scarves up. He begins to scrutinize the surroundings also. {Spot:25 Listen:23}
Hart, Spirit and Loran Thursday July 8th, 2004 12:53:34 AM ACTIVE SPELLS: Extended Wood Wose (Spirit) 6 hours Extended Long Strider (6 hours)
Spells Left for the day- Zero Level: Create Water, Detect Magic, Purify Food and Drink, Mending First Level: Endure Elements, Pass without Trace, Speak with Animals Second Level: Easy Trail, Summon Swarm Rod uses 2/3 per day, Pearl (unused)
The satyr casts Longstrider using the rod. [base movement of 50 feet, running full tilt, unhindered by natural growth] (this means Hart should beable to move 10 miles an hour, in this case that figures to 60 miles in 6 hours)
It's obvious to the fey that the group is staying pace with him, so in the customary gruffness which is Hart, the satyr voices his opinion (which is no suprise to anyone.) "Beast riders! Make haste! I follow close and will not lag behind." Hart leaves no trail to follow as he runs in the wake of dust left by the horses.
Spirit bounces along in the feys hood, happy to be out of that place.
Loran soars above the group, likely out distancing them.
(OOC: I will happily make the save versus Running, Justin.)
Sir Henri Thursday July 8th, 2004 8:43:03 AM
When he rides his Celestrial horse, the ride is like flying through the clouds. The paladin forgets everything else except his faith, he feels as though he could touch Pator face. But all too soon the ride stops, Henri opens his eyes and there in frount of him is the city, he turns to Meric, "There she is, we are near. How was your ride? I'm a little hungry would you want someting to eat? So that our horses can drink, graze and rest for a little while. I have some extra rations, my mother alway pack extra for me. She knows that I give food away to the hungry children, their family and even the birds or assoted animals on my quest."
Marek Isentomb Thursday July 8th, 2004 9:25:08 AM
Not being experienced at riding, the infantry usually walks, Marek is pleased to find it easy and enjoyable. I wonder why the cavalry always made this sound taxing he thinks.
Sir Henri's voice snaps his head around. "It was good thank you. I ate in the saddle so I am fine, but the horses could probably use something and it looks like he might as well." With 'he' Marek gestures towards Hart as he dismounts.
Namfoodle d20+10=27 d20+10=19 Thursday July 8th, 2004 11:50:51 AM
Smiling at Melic's response,and assuring his friends that he will catch up,but there is something he must speak with the bard about.
After the group is on it's way,"I am glad that you are willing to hear me out. I ask a favor of you. Can you send a messenger to my family,if I do not survive this. I know this is premature,but my momma and poppa deserve to know,if I don't make it." Looking very serious,"I am going to make it I know but just in case." Handing him a folded sheet of paper,"Here are their names and the name of the town I grew up in."
Quickly changing the subject,"So when are you going to have that grand ball we last talked about? I have a new routine,I have been working on,and that would be the perfect setting to reveal it."
After hearing the bard's reply,and talking to him about a few diffrent techiques to get more from your audience he bids the bard farewell.
Seeing as how he was not very long with the bard he catches up to the group rather easily,and instantly begins to play some traveling music and telling a few jokes most likely better suited for a tavern full of sailors.(Perform strings 27 Perform comedy 19)
Kashmari Thursday July 8th, 2004 8:21:51 PM
Kashmari doesn't consider herself much of a rider so she is pleasantly surprised to find out how 'easy' it is to ride the elven steeds. In fact the ride almost seems to be over before much time has passed. She is amused by Namfoodle's entertainment even if it tended to be more appropriate for sailors. Kashmari is not worried about Hart, she believes that the resourceful satyr will arrive at the city without any incident. Hart's words seem to validate her thoughts on the issue of his travelling capabilities.
The psion doesn't bother with much talk during the ride, and surprisingly she doesn't say much either when the group stops for the day near the city walls. If there is any opportunities she will approach any gate guards not currently busy with some business or other and ask if there has been any news during these last few days. She particulary inquires about any possible strange sightnings (tales of monsters and such), any scirmishes and any significant movements of groups of people (like relocations of villagers, mobilizing of armies, what the other races might be up to). So while she has little to say to her travelling companions small-talk with the local guards helps to pass the time while she waits to see what happens next. It cannot hurt to keep informed about what is transpiring 'locally'.
Justin Webber (DM) City Walls Thursday July 8th, 2004 9:57:38 PM
Melic nods and smiles as he takes the letter from Namfoodle, "I will hold the party the day you all are able to come to the elven land and visit my new friend. This letter will be delivered to your parents without any problems I'm sure sir."
When the group finally reaches the walls of Har Dell they find that the city has most deffinetly changed alittle. Lining near the gates of the city are around fourty spears with ugly demon heads resting on each spear point. When the group reaches the city gates fully your are welcomed by a group of eight well armed and armored guards who hold pikes. One of ths guards grin as he seen you all as you were leaving the city.
The familiar guard holds up one hand and smiles, "Hail travelers. Beowulf is waiting for you at his home. As you can see we have had some minor problems while you were gone." The guard looks to Kashmari when she speaks to the guards and he shakes his head, "You'll hear enough on the way to Lord Beowulf's home I'm sure and Beowulf will fill you in on the rest f the details."
With the guards less then helpful with information the group slowly moves on towards Beowulf's house, on the way you can see the streets are full of people who are like before talking about the things going on. Most of the talk is loud enough for people to make out without trying and the things said are:
"Did you see what that servant of Beowulf's did....he turned into what looked like a demon and killed 4 of the demons attacking the city himself."
"I don't care if Servain is the servant of Beowulf. Beowulf is harboring a demon and Servain should be thrown out of the city or killed without a second thought."
Many of the other talks are strictly on this, alot of people have mixed feelings on Servain and what he did but a over all view seems to be that Servain saved the place but should be forced to leave in some way inless things are explained.
Hart, Spirit and Loran Friday July 9th, 2004 12:56:29 AM
The satyr appears from on the horizon, just behind the group, still about four minutes behind.
Loran flies and perches on the parapet of the Har Dell wall. He watches as the satyr approaches quickly.
Aelanthir Friday July 9th, 2004 6:07:18 AM
Upon arriving at Beowulf's home Aelanthir gets off the horse stiffly and rubs the horses neck while saying in elven "thank you for the swift journey my friend."
Aelanthir will call out to Kuari. Kuari comes flying out of the pocket on Aelanthir's vest and circles overhead. "Kuari, go find yourself a nice wild hare and come back here to eat."
Aelanthir then looks to the others to see how they are doing.
Sir Henri and Flash Friday July 9th, 2004 8:36:41 AM
As the paladin rides into the city, he smiles at the guards "Yes! I see you had a little trouble here. All I can say is Keep those Pikes sharp." Onward he goes to Beowulf house, listening to what the rumers of the day were.
He dismount and he arrives at the Beowulf's mansion, Henri goes to the head of his horse "Do you want to stay here for a while and wait for me? or do you want to go back home? If you stay there's a place to graze there (pointing to a field)and water to drink (pointing to a fountain) You know I alway love to have you with me. Hope to see you later."
Marek Isentomb Friday July 9th, 2004 9:17:24 AM
Marek nods back to the guard. "Well met." Marek rides to Beowulf's home in relative silence. If he can he will make a quick stop for a couple apples at a stand if they pass one. Upon arrival he dismounts, patting the horse on the neck as he looks for a hitching post. The horse now secure, he heads for the door and enters as he knocks.
Namfoodle d20+6=26 Friday July 9th, 2004 11:24:05 AM
Watching Kashmari as she wanders off to question the guards,with a look of curiosity on his face He dismounts and grabs Mule's reins and leads him into the city.
Waiting for the rest of the group to move ahead he lingers at the gates for a moment. His sharp gnome ears catch the whispers of gossip and he begins to question people about recent events in town.(Gather Information 26 natural 20)His curiosity does not allow him to wait until he can speak with Beowulf.
Kashmari d20+4=15 d20+3=12 Friday July 9th, 2004 3:43:23 PM
Kashmari will slowly head towards Beowulf's residence. By taking her time she will be able to lend Namfoodle a hand should the people become agitated. The young lady is just as interested in what the people have to say as Namfoodle is. She is leading her borrowed horse through the city just like the others are. Kashmari is not pleased with the sentiments the townsfolk show towards Servain. She figured that Servain was taking great risks by what he was doing, but he may just end up paying a higher cost for his actions than he might have intended. She mutters quietly to herself about how good deeds and heroics just don't pay off.
(Listen 15, Sense Motive 12)
Eiras d20+11=26 d20+11=31 Friday July 9th, 2004 6:51:33 PM
Eiras keeps his thoughts to himself while he moves through the city. The same unconscious grace that he had before carries him swiftly through the crowds of people.
He gives no outward signs of his thoughts on the obvious sentiment and distaste of the citizens for Servain. He does keep an eye on the crowd and the surroundings, on the lookout for anyone paying them too much attention or behaving suspiciously. {Listen:26 Spot:31 Natural 20!!!}
Sir Henri Sunday July 11th, 2004 7:53:39 AM
The Paladin enters the Hall, takes his cloak off, handing it to the servant asking "Is the Master in?".
Justin Webber (DM) Meeting Sunday July 11th, 2004 12:40:54 PM
(OOC: Sorry for the lateness of this post and also for typing a book for people to read.)
Namfoodle, Kashmari and all others who travel through the streets slow to hear more info find little more but the talk of Servain and his saving Beowulf and the city but in doing so showing he looks or is part demon or maybe full. The citizens attitude is some what 50-50 but the bad 50 are also talking of possible rushing Beowulf's mansion and captureing Servain if something isn't done or said soon.
At the mansion when everyone arrives they find the door opens for them but no Servain this time or anyone else, in the main hall sitting in one of the padded chairs is Beowulf and across from him against the wall is Servain who currently wraps a bandage on his human looking arm.
Beowulf looks up and smiles seeing each of you and Merak also, "I pray you all have faired better then we have. A group of fifty demons attacked the city. It seems I have become slightly rusty in my age. Servain here had to save me from a couple demons."
Servain looks up and nods his head once, his demonic looking skin on one side of his face showing nothing much emotion wise but the human side showing relief you all have returned, "I'm glad you have returned also, please tell us what you have learned so I can try and help Lord Beowulf with defenses if I can before leaving the city." Servain looks to Beowulf, "Lord Beowulf, it seems my use to you now will be of little help. The skin whispers and says the people will turn against you and me. I for once believe the skin is right and will after planning defenses with you will leave this place and find another place to help while working on my illusion of human looks."
Beowulf nods saddly and looks to you, "Pray tell what you have learned and found. I feel time is short before the people grow too restless."
------------------------------------------------ (This only happens after the info you give is habded over.)
Just as the last bit of info is given a medium sized demonoid appears, it grins wickedly and growls, "Good, now the master will know what you have found out. I will go warn him."
The demonoid runs for one of the small window in the room but Servain jumps up and rushes forward, slashing out quickly he grabs the demonoid by the throat with his demon looking arm and lifts him almost a half a foot of the ground, squeezing hard which makes Servain's demon looking arm flex solid as rock, "You will tell no one evil creature." There is silence other then gurgling for a moment and then with a quick and sudden shake you hear a snap from the demonoid. Servain looks like he takes great delight in killing a demon, maybe this is his vengence on them and his way of copeing with what he is now.
Sudden;y and unexpectedly the small window shatters and now a very small ugly, wart covered and bat winged creature appears, grinning as it speaks and takes flight, going invisible again once out the window, "heeee heee heee, fooled you it did....demon friend just a nice way of keeping your attention from things. heee heee heee humans and other races thing they are soooo smart but look how dumb they turn out to be. buh bye dumbies, thanks for playing."
Servain throws the dead demonoid against the wall and growls, "Dang it, this isn't good. We will have to plan our defenses more carefully now."
Beowulf shakes his head and smiles, "Calm down Servain. The gnome engineers are working on catapults and ballistas as we speaks. The elves has sent a small group of archers to help defend us also and we now have a dozen battle hardened dwarves."
The door to the mansion swings open suddenly and a single young man walks in wearing a silver robe with the symbol of Bahamut the King of all good dragons, "Sorry for interupting Lord Beowulf but the armerments of the city is a problem but nothing compared to what we have learned."
The man pulls a chart from his belt and opens it, having just noticed the group the man smiles apolageticly, "excuse me good people but this is very important and being the city's proclaimed heroes I guess you'll be interested also."
The man points to the blood moon that is shown on the chart, "As you know this moon can be seen at night and day, but only faintly at night. Well, we the Order of Bahamut have found out that this moon is directly linked to the Order of Tiamat. The Order of Tiamat has made a pact with the demons to revive their god and in doing so the demons will get a tool to help them win this war they are on. If our records are correct and the ancient archives also then a unholy ceramony of some type can be used once the correct items are gathered to resurrect Tiamat but only on a certain night when this moon glows a deeper, darker blood red."
Beowulf frowns at this info and shakes his head, "What do the dragon gods have to do with all this? they have never entered into any of the darkness wars in the past?"
The young man laughs at what Beowulf says and shakes his head, "Lord Beowulf, when you were our hero who do you think destroyed the castle Argentil? An freed the many fighters and people held inside? Bahamut ordered the good dragons to do this. All evil is linked and all evil helps each other in some form. Bahumat and Tiamat fought and in the end Bahumat was fatally injured and soon after went into a rest that will last hundred of years. Tiamat's soul was sealed by his followers in 4 orbs, one of which we got ahold of a moved to a save place which we are looking through the archives to find at the moment." The young man grins, "I fear that we need to find the chalice of life and the stream of four waters. The chalice and the stream is Bahamut knows where but with those we can awaken Bahamut to full strength and he can help defend us against the darkness to come."
The man looks to the group and smiles as he folds the chart up, "In our legend which is slightly different then legends in the common books it says a group of a ancient and powerful number will come to save us in our hour of darkness. With them they will awaken the light and once more darkness and light will battle. Only the Herald's can deliver too us the ancient numbers and only they can awaken the light needed to battle darkness."
Servain shakes his head, "An if thats true then you know the darkness have chosen ones delivered to the by the Seekers of Darkness. An you say they will resurrect Tiamat then? I find it unlikely any god would stoop to helping demons."
Beowulf shakes his head at all this, "Kings, folls and pawns. This is all like a giant chess game. Tiamat is a holy god and a dragon born to bring justice. Tiamat is also the opposite of Bahamut....There is not garantee that the light is Bahamut but I suppose it is a good start.....the picture is becoming bigger then I imagined, resurrecting gods now."
(OOC:Okay everyone, I know this post can be confusing so please email me specific questions and I will answer as best as I can. Thanks.)
Sir Henri Sunday July 11th, 2004 1:58:54 PM
Sir Henri goes to ask the servant another question, But there's nobody around. Until he reaches the meeting room. There with the others in the party, tells Beowulf all that went on, all what they did and all that was told to then.
Then the little frackus with the evil demonds, and the things that followed. Henri shakes his head, raises his eyes and to this old master hero, tell him "I must go and talk to my farther, I must make peace and ask his advice. Then I'll be back and finish this job."
Hart, Spirit and Loran Sunday July 11th, 2004 4:59:44 PM
The satyr listens and wonders, very confused and uncertain what gods and dragons have to do with demons and the Shadow. Hart isn't really capable of knowing what all this means. Human legends and myths aren't fact, and speculation isn't proof of anything. The stories may have some baring in truth, but most often exaggeration and flamboyance preveils to make the tellings more interesting after millenia. However, these humans seem concerned, very concerned. Could all this be that frightening? Light has controled the current world for sometime, wouldn't it stand to reason the darkness might get a shot to run things at some point. It's balance, after all.
Spirit plays around the table legs, oblivious to the apparent danger.
Loran perchs, sleeping atop the staff.
Kashmari Monday July 12th, 2004 1:08:38 AM
Kashmari leaves the informing of Beowulf to the others. They seem to have that well in hand and she sees no point in adding anything more.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Kashmari doesn't have any time to react to the demon spies; indeed it seems like no one really had any time to - except for Servain. 'I wonder why he didn't 'detect' those two demons? I thought he could feel demon presence or something?' The psion just shugs and rolls her eyes skyward.
Kashmari listens with thinning patience to the man who drones on about dragons and dragon-gods. She grows more and more displeased with what she is learning by the second. "Good Sir, we are not the 'proclaimed heroes of the city' we are mercenaries - *shoots Henri an inquiring glance* most of us anyway - who just happen to have a contract with Lord Beowulf to gather information on his behalf," the Half-Elf says this with the merest hint of annoyance in her voice. "Oh, you can add that we are all the pawns of so-called Gods and appearently dragons as well," she dryly adds this last comment not caring if she offends the priest, the cityfolk, or any so-called Gods.
Namfoodle Monday July 12th, 2004 2:15:30 PM
Sitting back and taking notes of what is being discussed,he has little to contribute to the conversation.
The first demon catches the gnome off guard,and he lets out a curse,the second makes him lose all tact and the words that come from his mouth seem odd coming from one as good humored as Namfoodle.
After composing himself,"Now that whatever advantage we had is gone,they know how ignorant we are to their activities. Anyone have any ideas what to do now?"
Sir Henri Monday July 12th, 2004 3:10:41 PM
Henri just sits there and listens to every words, He's even notice the icy glance that Kashmarie gave him. 'But I must listen very carefully, there's some thing here, I cannot put my fingers on it.' So the paladin sit there andlistens.
Kashmari (commentary) Monday July 12th, 2004 3:38:39 PM
((OOC: Ouch Ceil, Kashmari was being inquisitive, wondering if she can sort of count Henri as a 'fellow merc', or if he is more the good-guy hero-type that would gladly give everything to charity. LOL. Didn't mear to be glaring daggers at poor Henri!))
Aelanthir Monday July 12th, 2004 5:16:53 PM
Aelanthir listens carefully to what everyone says, realizing that he does not have anything else to add.
When the demon showed Aelanthir is a little shocked at the fact that it was able to remain hidden with all of the people in the room.
"Why is it that I feel like we are just the playthings of the different gods."
Tyal Monday July 12th, 2004 5:28:38 PM
Tyal listens with rapt attention as everything is laid out before them..well as much as can be expected. The sudden appearance of the demon is enough to set him on ear and he seems rather annoyed. Still he says nothing to anyone as he waits to see what is decided.
The comment about them, well almost all of them, working for money is well enough true. Though he hates demons with a passion unlike most he does not do it for free. Maybe if he found the right demon then he would, but that has not happened yet. "I would not be above helping...but the price......?" He leaves it hanging as he waits to see if his comment is taken up by Beowulf.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Eiras d20+11=14 Monday July 12th, 2004 8:15:52 PM
Eiras is quiet listening to the messenger. As the speech continues, he pulls down his scarves so that his face is visible. When the words, "...heroes of the city" comes up, he cocks an eyebrow and frowns.
On the appearance of the demons, Eiras starts a string of invectives. He stands up pushing back his chair and grabbing for his bow. By the time the last demon escapes, Eiras has his bow out, doing spot checks around the room. {Spot:14}
"I have had it with fate and prophecy. WE decide what we will do. I decide MY own fate, not any god. Why have I been cursed to be the victim of these meddling gods? Where are these items - I want to be free from the yoke of deities!" Eiras finishes and looks around at the others, for the first time, a pale red flush is seen on his face.
Mykell Zweihand Monday July 12th, 2004 8:30:24 PM
Mykell looks to the others and shakes his head as he undoes the buckles and removes his vizor helmet slowly, "We are always pawns of someones game, specially mercenaries, lords and nobles and such never explain the whole situation to the poor souls the hire. I do not work for free either and refuse to work for nothing no matter what is said by you or the priest."
Mykell looks to Servain when the sudden appearance of the demon occurs and then looks to the others as he sighs, "resurrecting gods is a delicate matter and something I refuse to do for free. I can careless if we have been chosen by the Herlad's of Light to do this. Armerments and such will need to be taken care of if we are to fight anything of great power."
Hart, Spirit and Loran Monday July 12th, 2004 10:00:00 PM "Resurrecting anyting takes froom tha natural order, beit God or man, eet ees a ridiculous to tink anyting good weell come of eet! Thees creatures are fools!"
Spirit shakes his fist in the air, as if opposing the idea of dragon God.
Loran remains blissfully asleep, unconcerned with talk of Gods and dragons.
Marek Isentomb Monday July 12th, 2004 11:07:16 PM
Marek's eyes widen at the appearance of the demon and Servain's quick reflexes. He is about to speak when the second makes good his escape, he then holds his tongue as others start up and the scribe interrupts.
Marek's countanence darkens as the story unfolds before them. When pay and mercenaries are brought up along with the ideas that they are pawns and playthings for selfish deific amusement he defiantly spits on the ground. "I am no mercenary, refrain from including me as such." Glancing to Eiras, "No one forces you, go where you will. I will be going council with greater experience than thinks best."
Marek moves a few feet from the others and in Beowulfs direction, his arms folding across his chest.
Justin Webber (DM) Talks Breaking Down Tuesday July 13th, 2004 10:42:39 AM
The young priest looks around after hearing all the comments before looking to Beowulf, "I'm sorry to bother you all with this. If these people were actually saved and allowed to come back by a Herald of Light then I believe they are the chosen group but each to his own. Order would be the balance of the two, dark and good but with te resurrection of one we are looking at a tip in the balance. Plus during the resurrection of Tiamat the powers that will be used will be exorbed from the land and other place, this energy can also be used to make another creature more powerful or a good in stature."
The young priest turns abruptly and nods to the group rather quickly, "Good day." With that the priest walks out of the mansion.
Beowulf looks to everyone and sighs, "I believe there was a sum of money agreed on to be payed to all of you on your return. Do not take my sigh as not wanting to pay but mearly of concern for this sitaution." Beowulf looks to Servain, "Dispose of that body and bring these people their payment."
Servain quickly grabs the demon corpse and drags it away and is gone for sometime.
Beowulf looks to the group while Servain is gone and after a few moments of thinking speaks again, "You all must be tired after you travels and such, I will see that you have a good place to rest tonight. I will be sending you to see a halfling place soon. The halflings have a interesting equipment that might come in handy in the days to come. Something like a ship that sails in the air."
Non-magical leatherx6 small shieldx2 spearx4 shortswordx6
None magical stuff you can get full book price for.
GPS: 10,360 (Not counting Beowulf's extra pay) SP: 600 CP: 90 Gems: 10 Money will need to be split by one of the players and identifying inless someone is talked into it done at a shop along with buying/selling/upgrading.)
Namfoodle d20+6=25 Tuesday July 13th, 2004 11:53:42 AM
Taking mental inventory,he examines all the goods,grabbing and setting aside the wands,potions and scrolls.(Knowlege Arcana 25 to recognize them as magical)
"I can identify these." His eyes glinting mischeviously,"I can probably take care of the jewels as well." He seems to have regained most of his composure. Although his tone of voice is still a little sharp.
(OOC Since I have skill ranks in Alchemy do I have to use magic to identify them or can I use skill checks?)
Sir Henri Tuesday July 13th, 2004 7:22:35 PM
Henri snaps out of his daze and start counting on his fingers and toes "Deviding gold coins into nine piles come to ?? now let's see... 1,151gp each. Now the silver coins Hmmm?? comes to 88sp and the copper coins seem to come to 17cp each, then theres 7 copper coins left over.
Oh! Yes! Namfoodle, be sure that you get 250 gold coins foe each jewels whitch will come to... Hmm?? 2,500 gold coins." The paladin look at Karhmarie and winks at her.
Then tells everybody "I will hang on to Sakihito's sword untill one of his family come for it" then he is off in though again.
Hart, Spirit and Loran Tuesday July 13th, 2004 7:39:48 PM
Hart only looks at the gear with a ppassing glance, not too interested in much there. However, the gems seem to hold his gaze a bit longer than the gold.
Spirit hops down from the satyr's horn and goes off to dance with a nearby bag of copper.
Loran remains asleep.
Tyal Tuesday July 13th, 2004 10:23:20 PM
Tyal looks over the stuff with a quizical eye and then clicks his tongue. "I can see what a couple of those scrolls will be good for...divine or arcane." He nods his head once and then looks around to the others. "If they are divine I will be able to tell us what spell or spells they hold...but only with two of them." He waits to see if his help is required and not be pushy like some might have expected him to be.
He shows little interest in any of the other items, though he does finger the wands a little to look them over. He will put them back as he found them though.
Domains 1st: divine favor 2nd: barkskin 3rd: lesser aspect of the deity
Kashmari Wednesday July 14th, 2004 12:19:49 AM
Kashmari smiles at Henri's wink. Unfortunately she cannot assist with identifying any of the treasure. She has no skill with such things. Kashmari critically looks over the treasure none-the-less. "Hmm, there isn't much here that is of any use to me." The psion taps her right index finger to her lips slowly as she thinks about the treasure. "I can only actually use the daggers; maybe a few of the potions, and certainly the money and gems." She finds something to sit on, "so what do we want to do now? Assist the dragon-priests? Return to the Shadowlands?"
Hart Wednesday July 14th, 2004 6:12:14 AM "I weell assist as needed, anyone who may need my knowledge." The satyr is sincere, truly willing to continue with these individuals.
Marek Isentomb Wednesday July 14th, 2004 9:02:09 AM
Marek stands slightly apart as the group divides the treasure. He was not there for any of the spoils having only found them just before the Herald showed up. So while the weapons certainly garnner his interest he tries not to show it. But does venture a question as the coins are stacked, "Nine piles sir?"
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday July 14th, 2004 12:19:07 PM
Mykell looks over the treasure with just a side glance before looking to the others and leaning against the wall as he thinks, "I can help little with the treasure identifing. An yes I believe you should gain some money from this also Marek."
Mykell watches the little spirit dancing with the coin bag and shakes his head, "Very happy go lucky little guy. I never got a chance to ask my Satyr friend, does the spirit have a name it prefers to be called so I don't have to call him/her a it all the time or spirit?"
Mykell brushes a bit of dust from his half plate and comments, "I do believe that a order needs to be maintained and having a dark god resurrected sounds bad to me, specially if there is no one, thing or such to stand in it's way and help keep a balance." Mykell looks to Beowulf and comments also, "The other piece is very curious too, who would want to take some of the powers needed when this god Tiamat is resurrected for his/her/it's self?"
(OOC: When she comes back I will be making a copy of the group amount to give to Loretta's character. I lost her charactersheet so was unable to actually play her character but her computer problem was no ones fault so her character deserves full benefit. On my DM post I will tell what can be identified by the group and also your EXP.)
Eiras Wednesday July 14th, 2004 4:45:44 PM
Eiras looks at the human, Marek for a moment. Then he turns away.
"I need a drink. I will be back later to discuss Gods, Dragons and Fate."
Eiras leaves the villa looking for a tavern.
{OOC:I am not looking for a diverging scene or anything here. I am just roleplaying. Eiras plans on having a few drinks and then getting a room, returning to Beowulf's in the morning}
Aelanthir Wednesday July 14th, 2004 5:38:19 PM
Moving over quickly to Namfoodle, Aelanthir looks down at the gnome then says "I will be helping with some of the identifying." giving Namfoodle a wink as he says it.
Hart, Spirit, and Loran Wednesday July 14th, 2004 6:15:53 PM
Answering Mykell, "You can ask eets name eef you want, but Spirit has neber answered me either. Eet doesn't talk much, and only knows alittle sylvan words. Eet ees a Spirit who at one time leeved een the forest now consumed by darkness. Eet trabels weeth me so that one day eet can return. Spirit is nut offended by calling eet an 'eet' or 'Spirit'. Een fact, eet likes being called Spirit. When tha Darkness came, what you might call eets family was chased oof or turned to shadow. Tha reasoon Spirit was spared, was because eet was een my service at tha time. When Spirit's time ees up, he returns to the Darkness and hides. Ten I call Spirit back whenever ees soonest possible. Dat ees all I know, Metal One." The satyr smiles at the steel plated man, then glances at Spirit.
Spirit stops dancing and looks up as if knowing its being talked about. Spirit smiles widely as it holds the bag of coins.
Loran twitches, but remains asleep.
Tyal Wednesday July 14th, 2004 11:08:25 PM
Tyal looks up as he picks up one of the scrolls carefully. "I would not mind the idea of helping in bringing back Bahamut...he was ever the enemy of Tiamat...but what will be his part after the battle is over, or should I say when?" He turns his eyes back to the scroll as he looks it over for any signs of writing on the outside.
Looking to Hart he shakes his head. "I can sypathize with your friend then." His eyes cloud over as he falls back into past memories. "Much of my village was destroyed when the darkness came and I was gone. I had been called away to assist a small community of wood nymphs and a dryad in turning back the darkness. That was before we found out that it could not be done that easily." He takes several long breathes as if breathing hard or trying to suck in air. "I ended up having to watch most of them die in the darkness...homes destroyed and dear friends lost." He suddenly clams shut as he goes back to the scroll. It appears that whatever defenses he had were back up and he was as hard as ever.
Justin Webber (DM) Items and more d20+11=28 d20+11=14 d20+11=26 d20+11=19 d20+11=28 d20+11=13 d20+11=15 d20+11=20 d20+11=15 Thursday July 15th, 2004 12:40:54 AM
The following were identified by skill checks: (used Aelathir's skill rolls.) Potion (magic vestment+2) Potion (shield of faith+2) Arcane Scroll#1 1. Haste 3rd level (5th level caster) 2. Contagion 5rd level (7th level caster)
Beowulf nods and looks to each person and comments after a few moments, "You all should go relax, rest and enjoy yourseves before thinking of buisness to much. Me and Servain will go over plans on what to do for the town also and you may meet back here to talk more or tlak on your own. Either way I can contact the priest of Bahamut depending on your needs."
With that said Beowulf stands and walks away with Servain, both talking to each other on preperations for the city.
The nearest tavern and only one looking less busy is called the "Squacking Crow". The nearest in is "Black Unicorn". The markets mainly line the streets and some are actual buildings also. The street venders being mainly food and other common goods.
(Giving a few ideas for where abouts and hope you all don't split up to much. :))
Hart, Spirit and Loran Thursday July 15th, 2004 4:25:12 AM
Hart takes his gold and shovels it into his pack(onto the character sheet :)), then asks, "Whot of thees leather armor? Whot ees eet? I'm curious." He nods to Tyal to acknowledge he understands the feelings.
"I weell spend time at tha open market, but stay outside the city een the glade we passed coming eento tha walls. Tha owl weell stay weeth someone so tat you may send him to me eef need arises."
Spirit drops the coin bag and goes and hugs Tyal's leg.
Loran still sleeps atop the staff.
(Hart may fish if there's a stream or lake nearby. What kinds of things can be found in the market?)
Hart (OOC:) Thursday July 15th, 2004 4:26:31 AM
OOC: Disregard the gold shoveling, I misread the Exp as gold! Sorry!
Sir Henri Thursday July 15th, 2004 7:36:19 AM
The paladin watches as the old man and his servant leaves, he then takes some money, give the spirit a copper coin (just to see what spirit would do with it?)"Here this is for you."
Then asks Marek, "I'm thirsty and tired, Let's you and I go to the Black Unicorn, and have a meal, a drink and lot's of rest? How about it?"
"When you find out about that long sword and see if it's magic, Because I'm intrested in one, and I'm sure that I will be needing one."
Marek Isentomb Thursday July 15th, 2004 12:59:34 PM
Marek nods, he certainly won't argue with people giving him money, and pours the coins into his pack. Strapping it back on he nods to Sir Henri. "A drink sounds excellent sir."
If a side shop on the way sells money pouches, belt bags and or sacks Marek will purchase one of each he can.
Sir Henri Thursday July 15th, 2004 6:19:55 PM
"Come on let's go and don't call me Sir, That a title my Uncle the king gave me. Just call me Hank. How about you can I call you Marek? ask the paladin as they walk to the tavern.
Kashmari Thursday July 15th, 2004 7:18:41 PM
"Does anyone know which inn has the best entertainment?" Kashmari asks just in case someone actually knows anything about the city.
She waits to hear what Aelanthir and Namfoodle find out about the treasure before informing the others what she can use and is interested in. "If it is possible I would like the three daggers; at least two of them at the least, as I cannot use any of the other weapons. Of course I want my share of the money, and if it isn't too much trouble a few of the gems as well."
Kashmari will go to whichever inn has the best entertainment, and hopefully will be able to have some dinner as well as drink. She hopes that there are others who might wish to accompany her.
Marek Isentomb Thursday July 15th, 2004 10:58:44 PM
As they walk to the Black Unicorn, "Yes sir." he nods to Sir Henri's request as he talks and "Marek is just fine sir." He grins a bit at himself it seems. "Hard habit to break, but I'll try si..I'll try."
Tyal Thursday July 15th, 2004 11:18:39 PM
Tyal glances to the satyr and nods to him in understanding as well. He looks to the coinage that is pushed before him and scoops it into a large pouch for right now. He looks back to the other items and shakes his head. "There is little here that I would be interested in at this time." About that time the little spirit latches onto his leg and gives him a hug. He reaches down and will pat the little guy on the head lightly, memories trying to resurface as he does.
He looks to Hart again and nods his head in understanding. "I think I will seek out the market as well and maybe get a few things then follow my friend outside the city walls." It is odd for a cleric but he seems rather uncomfortable when in the city and not outside in nature.
Justin Webber (DM) Around Town Thursday July 15th, 2004 11:55:27 PM
Mykell looks to Hart and nods to him and comments a moment, "I know your not much for the city my new friend but I would like it if you would join us for atleast one drink and maybe abit of music. I have heard little of your races culture and would love to hear another song played of maybe your home or something. I know my ways are much different then yours and that me wearing metal may be offensive in your opinion but I always enjoy learning about those I travel with and since I know so little of you or your kind then this is a chance to learn I would guess." Mykell shrugs abit and brushes his brown hair back as he looks at Hart with his ice blue eyes, remembering clearly the Satyr's first impression of him.
Mykell also looks to Namfoodle, "If we must you should get these items identified in town or maybe you could cetch and talk to Beowulf and Servain. They might cut a deal."
Mykell looks to everyone and nods as he turns to go out the door, "I will join everyone at the Black Unicorn also then from the sounds. Would you like to join us Kashmari?"
(DM post here) The group decides on what to do and leaves to go relax and enjoy the remainder of the day. Everyone going to the Black Unicorn to get some food and drink. (BTW, Marak will find one of the vender shops has a nice old man who is selling belts, belt pouches, backpacks and other goods of that nature along with boots, etc. Everything will be at book price. If you need me to give the price then let me know ;).)
You find the Black Unicorn easy enough since on the main street is a hanging sign of a black colored unicorn. The place has two small windows which are lower to the floor then a human would like but the door which is made of a simple piece of wood with a iron plate behind it to reinforce it is large enough for a half-ogre to enter. Inside the Black Unicorn you find the place abit more occupied then you though it would be. The place is full of simple tables but each is crafted from marble instead of wood. Also the chairs and benches are crafted from marble also and not wood. Each chair and bench has a fluffly black pillow to make it more comfortable for people.
Inside you notice a trio of bards on stage, two juggling daggers back and forth while another sings a gentle halfling song. Various patrons are around the bar, talking mainly of current events. Behind the bar is a sturdy and gray bearded dwarf who owns the Black Unicorn. The dwarf wipes at the bar and talk to a group of silver robed priests who wear the emblem of Bahamut. (Spot:15 to notice a exchange of gold between the two.) After a few mins the silver robed priests leave the place.
The only other people of note are a small group of four men sitting in a more shadowed corner. The men from what you can see wear no insignia of any priest hood and do not look to be wizards. The hood of each of the men's pure black robe is up and they are hunched over some food while whispering among themselves. They do not seem to be looking around at anyone.
After many moments in the busy tavern a young half elven lady comes over to the table and gives a over exagerated grin since she looks to of worked a long shift already, "Greetings nobles sirs and ladies. What would you all be order today?"
Inless Hart joins the group at the tavern he can or does wonder the streets abit, finding nothing of real interest other then abunch of gossip on current events in the city and a general lay out of the city. Outside of the city he finds a nice place in the glade to relax and even a rather small lake which is filledwith some broad, flat headed cat fish looking fish. (Inside the city you can find a place to buy fish, fresh herbs, etc but figure you would want to probably find them otherwise let me know.)
Hart, Spirit and Loran d20+21=24 d20+21=35 Friday July 16th, 2004 2:58:58 AM
The satyr joins the rest, for at least one drink, as Mykell asked. Upon entering the establishment, the satyr shifts back and forth, obviously uncomfortable with the situation. (Listen 24, Spot 35)
Hart tells a story about his family and their culture, never using a family name or relatives name, just refers to their familial relationship to Hart. Satyr life remarkably parallels rural halfling activities and elven woodland living. His family grew vines that were used for lashes, rope and binding boards for rafts. The vines also provided a berry used widely among the satyr culture for its medicinal properties and often made into a rare and fine wine that furmented for at least 100 years. He crafted and traded his pipes among the deepwood dwellers of the Limiral, often getting favors and herbs in return. Hart would spend days searching for Lotus flowers in the forest. He would play his pipes for his family each night, they enjoyed it. Then as fast as the story started, it stops and he looks at Loran on the staff. The owl has remained asleep through the entire journey through the city and into the tavern. Loran wakes slowly, then hops to Mykell's shoulder. "He weell retrieve me when you like. Just geeve heem a token to give to me. I'll know." "I must go to tha glade. I weell return later. Let me know whot ees decided about tha gold and currencies." He says solemnly, as if remembering more about his past than he wanted to tell. He hunts for herbs and fish, rather than paying for them. (If you need rolls, let me know.)
At some point during the night, Spirit fades away but will return in the morning.
Sir Henri d20+1=18 Friday July 16th, 2004 8:46:13 AM
The paladin smiles at his new friend, "that's alright." Henri enters the Tavern and looks around. Over to the wall (oppersit the entrance door) is a large table where they can all sit. Hank head for it, He let's Karhmarie Slid on the bench first, "Sorry I cannot pull the bench, they are made of marble. That's there's not too many fight in here, but if you wat information or rumors about almost every thing. Beside having the best food in town."
Henri look around spoting, Hank tell his friends "Watch the Cleric at the bar, a tranaction is going on there. Also watch the four in the corner, they are trying very hard not to be notice. Well any way lets listen to the music, the singing and the juggling."
When the tavern wench ask for their order, "Ahh! Yes my dear. Bring Mountain Dwarf Ale and the house special, As for myself I will Spirng water and the house special."
AS Hart asking him if he want anything special to eat, vegtables? Fruits? Nuts?...
Henri will watch and listens to what his friends have to say.
Namfoodle The all knowing Friday July 16th, 2004 11:47:53 AM
Laughing at Mykell's idea of paying for the items to be identified,"Why should Namfoodle pay others to do what he is capable of himself?"
He then casts identify on the wand,and one of the daggers.
Still chuckling slightly,"What is this gnome going to do with you all?" He asks out loud to himself.
(OOC It will take Namfoodle 3 days to identify everything.
Namfoodle d20+5=9 Friday July 16th, 2004 2:25:36 PM
(OOC I accidentially hit the submit button but I wasn't done)
In response to Kashmari's question about entertainment,"Whatever inn I decide to stay at is going to have the best entertainment in the town." He would look genuinly hurt if it werent for the mischevious twinkle in his eyes.
"Where is Mule when you need him,he never asks so many questions." Rolling his eyes dramatically. Pausing for a moment to remember what inn might have excellent entertainment.(Knowlege Local 9)
Marek Isentomb d20=15 Saturday July 17th, 2004 10:12:33 AM
Marek sits at the table on the non wall side to accomodate the extra room he needs for the 15' oversized spiked chain. When the barmaid arrives he orders a stout ale and some heavy grain bread.
Marek nods to Sir Henri when the exchange is mentioned, "I see them and the others as well, though I don't think they are trying to avoid notice so much as identification."
Hart starts talking and Marek quickly gets lost as he is obviously having a very difficult time understanding the saytr's dialect, but Marek remains attentive as he speaks. When Hart departs, so suddenly the man remarks to no one in particular that Hart is quite the twitchy fellow
Aelanthir Sunday July 18th, 2004 5:02:25 PM
Aelanthir looks to Namfoodle and says let us take the next couple of days and get this identified quickly by you doing half and I will do the other half.
Aelanthir will pickup half of the unidentified items then get a room at the *Black Unicorn* and identify the items. Over the next 2 days Aelanthir will cast identify on the following items: shield daggerx2 longsword shortsword
*** OOC: while identifying items Awlanthir will swap out 3 of his 4 1st lvl spells for identify leaving shocking grasp as the 4th 1st lvl spell memorized. ***
Eiras d20+11=26 d20+11=21 d20+8=24 d20+15=27 d20+10=12 Sunday July 18th, 2004 10:02:45 PM
Eiras finds a dark corner in some seedy bar far from Beowulf's villa. He doesn't drink rapidly enough for the liquor to sink him into a haze, only enough to calm down.
He sits there observing the stumbling drunks and petty drama of the bar patrons, thinking of pawns of gods and dark fates...
Late that evening, Eiras will leave the city by the gates, if possible and over the wall if not, to camp outside under the stars and away from the stink of civilization.
Rolls if I need them for going over the wall. Listen:26 for guards, Spot:21 for guards, Turn Invisible Climb:24 Move Silent:27
Kashmari d20+4=11 Monday July 19th, 2004 3:17:12 AM
Kashmari will join the others at the Black Unicorn Inn. She will also rent a room. She does notice that Namfoodle has a mischievous streak but she doesn't comment on anything for the moment in order to avoid any further possible miscommunications. Kashmari will sit where Henri asks her to and will later order a decent meal and some wine to drink. Hopefully the local entertainment will be enjoyable. She doesn't really bother with the odd priests at the bar or sitting at any of the tables; especially since she doesn't notice anything at all unusual going on!
If no one objects Kashmari will take her share of the money (including her share of the extra pay that Beowulf gave them), the Amethyst gem and no less than 2 of the 3 daggers; even though they have not been identified yet. She will stay nearby her brother; and thus also Namfoodle?, until the business with identifying most of the items is over.
(Spot 11)
Justin Webber (DM) The passing of days d20+4=5 Monday July 19th, 2004 1:49:50 PM
Mykell orders himself a simple plate of stew and a glass of dwarven ale, having enjoyed the stronger stuff at times.
He listens to what is said and blinks when the comment on the priests and such is brought up but he doesn't see or notice anything really (nat 1)
Dm Post (Speeding the days up abit for the idetifing.)
Inside the tavern the group goes about having a good drink and food while a few watch and notice the small exhange that goes on. After while the group wearing the unrevieling black cloaks stand and walk towards the door. As they pass there is a moment chance to notice something on one of them (Spot15 will notice a symbol. The symbol shows a single dragon with equal heads to each of the chromatic dragons.)
The days slowly trickle by for everyone and most go about their normal activities till Namfoodle and Aelanthir. Once all the items are idetified the group regathers and the following are shown.
(OOC:K< everyone can make post stating what they have been doing IC for the past 2 days for the idetifing and also decide on your next plans on rather to help the priests, etc.)
Hart and Loran Monday July 19th, 2004 5:15:05 PM
The satyr returns. The owl returns to his side.
As Hart looks at the gear that's been IDed, he seems less than impressed.
Marek Isentomb d20+1=12 Monday July 19th, 2004 6:49:30 PM
Marek does not see the symbol and quickly dismisses them after they are gone.
Marek spends the entire time enjoying himself at the Black Unicorn. Fine food throught out the day is at his table, as is non alcoholic drink, be it juice, water or dairy, except when evening comes when he switches to every few glasses being an ale. He tips well and gives regularly to any performers at the Inn.
When the weapons are revealed he will be interested in the short sword and flaming dagger. "A small hand weapon is sometimes your only choice when your down the gullet of a beast. Not something I recommend..."
[OoC Marek will spend 150gp over the two day stay at the Blcak Unicorn and for the belt pouches]
Sir Henri d20+6=23 d20+6=25 d20+18=34 Monday July 19th, 2004 7:30:58 PM
OOC: For Knowledge of Riligion 23 and for Knowledge of Nobility 25 (the single dragon with eaqual heads of the Chromatic Dragon. Plus a 34 Diplmacy on Karhmarrie,(please tell me more about those four?)
Henri sits back, is silent for a while, then ask both Marik and Karhmarie "Did you see that? One of those four, who were dress in black with their hood over their face. That just pass by? I spoted something on one of them... Looks familure, I'll remember in time.
OH! Well, It's getting late, let catch up with Hart, he must have made a camp sight in the meadow." He get up to follow the path Hart had taken. He's trying very hard to remember about what he saw.
He stands and bows to Karhmarie "Shall I escort you to the camp site, my Dear Lady?" Then ask Marik "Comming?"
Marek Isentomb Monday July 19th, 2004 11:05:32 PM
"Camping? You are joking i hope." comes a smiling reply. "I intend to stay in this quite comfortable establishment with a bed under my backside, a roof over my head, fine music and food without dirt all over it. No sir, thank you much. Give my best to Hart, but until we are summoned back for gods and country you will find me enjoying why I set life in hand and what it is I am protecting."
Marek stands if the lady is leaving, "good night and sleep well friends. I shall see you in a few days then."
Tyal Monday July 19th, 2004 11:26:18 PM
Tyal had been around for the past few days checking in on the group but mostly spending his time outside of town. He spent the time with Hart getting to know the satyr better and just spending time enjoying the outdoors.
He showed up early the day that the gear was to be totally identified and he looked it over with little interest as he saw nothing he needed or wanted. "Maybe some nice stuff...but not for me." He slips back off to the cities outside unless anyone stops him as soon as he can. He comments a couple of times about helping out the priests...he had nothing better to do at this time and he was feeling restless.
Eiras Tuesday July 20th, 2004 12:01:26 AM
Eiras will continue checking in to see when the identification is done. He comments, "That leather armor is nice and I am always on the lookout for a nice dagger."
He continues, "I am staying outside the city. If you need me in a hurry you can find me to the north and west of the city, in the large birch grove."
Eiras will accept the gold from the treasure stash and finds someone to convert most of it to jewels and platinum for easier carrying.
Eiras knows nothing about the priests mentioned, so he doesn't comment on them. He does volunteer feeling apologetic about his outburst. "I do not like the idea of being manipulated by the gods, but I will not stand by while the forest is overrun with Demons. I will be ready to help when the time comes."
Namfoodle the magnificent d20+10=21 Tuesday July 20th, 2004 12:30:36 AM
After spending so much time researching and identifying the items he decides to quench his thirst to entertain people.
He changes his clothes and grabs his lyre. He walks into the Black Unicorn and announces in his stage voice,"Namfoodle the magnificent and Amazing wishes to speak with the owner of this establisment."
When the inkeeper comes to speak with him,he begins to play his lyre,"You will listen and then you will tell me when the great Namfoodle will turn your'e stage into his very own."(Perform 21)
(OOC Namfoodle is going to attempt to fascinate him,the inkeeper's will save is 21)
Mykell Zweihand Tuesday July 20th, 2004 12:02:45 PM
Mykell looks to the different magical items and shakes his head, "There is nothing there I want. My weapon can be upgraded to be better then the longsword+2. I think that Kashmari should get first dibbs on atleast one of the daggers since I think she called the dib first. My opinion though."
Mykell has spent his time around the city and on occasion goes out to see Hart, trying to get to know the man more and strengthen the bonds of the group more. He also visits and talks to the others, just getting to know them more.
Aelanthir Tuesday July 20th, 2004 4:36:55 PM
Aelanthir looks at the others then says "I am only interested in the arcane scrolls and the wand. I would second that Kashmari should get then daggers as that is all she uses for weapons."
During the time not identifying items Aelanthir will be doing some scribing of scrolls (will email a list of what was scribed.)
Hart and Loran Tuesday July 20th, 2004 7:47:35 PM "Tat leather armor seems interesting. Whot does eet do?"
The owl perches atop the staff, alert and aware of the mice in the room walls. He cocks his head at a hole in the rafters.
Marek Isentomb Tuesday July 20th, 2004 9:48:13 PM
"Kashmari can have the daggers sure. Short sword would be just as good for my needs."
Looking to Hart and his question, "It helps in blending with the dark. Makes someones natural skill at hiding better."
Tyal Tuesday July 20th, 2004 9:58:58 PM
Tyal will spend his time as his friends wait in several different jobs as his time allows. He will spend time brewing a few potions when he is not busy trying to commune with nature.
When he meets back up with the group he cannot help but smile as some of the group lay claim to certain items or inquire if they can have them. "It may not be a bad idea to let the lady have the dagger or two if she wants." He will not argue with anyone else that wants any of the items as well...there is nothing that he is overly interested in.
Justin Webber (DM) Splitting of Items Tuesday July 20th, 2004 10:17:24 PM
The items have been identified and now the talk of who gets what starts. (This is probably being done in a private room instead of being done in the open.)
The last few days everyone has relaxed and done their own thing. Namfoodle even when he isn't identifing the items gets a moreless part time job at the Black Unicorn and has earned (20gps) and has even made some very nice looking aquaintences since his flair and charm brings the ladies in.
After everything is finally split the comments of helping the priests ect come up. It looks like everyone awaits someone to become the leader of the group and decide on specific actions. A good way to start may be to go see Beowulf after these few days away.
Kashmari d20+4=6 Wednesday July 21st, 2004 12:37:16 AM
Kashmari lets everyone else discuss the items for a little bit before politely chiming in with, "actually I did ask for at least two of the daggers for the beginning. I literally cannot use any of the other items. I will be happy to accept the returning dagger and the enhanced non-flamming dagger."[Returning Dagger+1, Dagger+2] If the parceling out of items is done in the taproom, then Kashmari will not be speaking very loudly. She does not spot the cleric symbol at all. Kashmari looks over at Henri, "I didn't see anything unusual or familiar about any of the priests milling around here, heck I hardly saw that they were priests in the first place! I must be tired..." She considers Henri's offer of being escorted to the camp outside of the city. "I can see our campanion not wanting to remain inside the city walls, but you would rather be camping as well? Henri, I thought you would be happy to spend at least one night in a proper bed." Not surprisingly Kashmari actually does look a little surprised. "Naturally if you would like my company I shall join you." She smiles in an almost impish fashion.
(Spot 6, almost a nat 1!)
Hart and Loran Wednesday July 21st, 2004 7:41:28 AM
The satyr smiles. "Ingenious. Can I have tha armor?"
Loran preems himself for several minutes and then doses off to sleep
Sir Henri d20+18=32 Wednesday July 21st, 2004 8:27:51 AM
Sir Henri gets to his feet and takes the Long Swords+2. hold it into his hands checking it's balance. "I hope nobody minds if I take this fine sword, it will help me to bless my opponents."
To Karhmarie, he tells her, "the Cleric just exchanged somr thing between them, BUt the dark cloak one in the corner , went to such lenth to remain unnoticed brought my susp...???" Henri stops in mid sentance, a faraway look crosses his face, then a smile "Err! You are right, My Lady. Agood night sleep in a nice soft bed will be a good change." He turns to Karhmarie asking as he kisses her palm of her hand, "May I escort you to the tavern keeper for a room?"
To the others (who have not left yet)"I'll see you in the Morning, then we'll make plans. Good Evening, Ti'll then".
Eiras Wednesday July 21st, 2004 8:34:54 AM
{OOC: If the group has been discussing all of this at the tavern, then Eiras has not been involved as he didn't know where the others were and had only been returning to Beowulf's each day for an update}
Eiras tries to set up a time with Beowulf to discuss with the others what the next step will be to stem the infestation of the demons.
Namfoodle Wednesday July 21st, 2004 12:06:44 PM
Having a great time doing what he truly loves,and getting paid for it to boot,he doesn't spend too much time with the rest of the group.
He does notice Henri and Kashmari walk off together and thinks to himself,"I knew it."
Hart Wednesday July 21st, 2004 7:32:51 PM
The satyr notices the little gnome turn beet red, he walks over to him. "Whot ees wrong little Hymnsayer?" Then Hart looks off in the direction the gnome is looking. Not a stranger to love or rejection, the fey places a hand on the gnomes shoulder. "Aw. I tink I understand. Little Sayer, jealousy ees fur fools and royalty. She's too tall fur you anyway. Not a good match. Elves are notoriously unreliable anyway Hymnsayer." The satyr smiles at the bard.
Mykell Zweihand Wednesday July 21st, 2004 8:13:26 PM
Mykell chuckles at the reaction of Namfoodle's over seeing Henri and Kashmari walk off but only shakes his head as he looks to the others, "I'll get some rest and see Beowulf in the morning."
Aelanthir Thursday July 22nd, 2004 3:58:46 AM
Aelanthir watches Kashmari and Sir Henri leave then nods slightly and says "she is in safe hands atleast."
Aelanthir looks to whom ever is still around then says "we could try to snag a few of the items before the demons lay claim to them." then smiles with a wicked glimer in his eyes.
Marek Isentomb Thursday July 22nd, 2004 9:18:34 AM
Marek tucks the short sword away intending to do a little early shopping the next day. Looking over at Aelanthir, "I don't quite follow. Snag what items before the demons lay claim to them?"
Next day Marek gets up early has a quick breakfast and shoots out to do some shopping. Picking up a sheath for the short sword, a dozen Alchemical Fires and if he can find them 10 iron arrows, 10 Silvered arrows and a cold iron war hammer.
Justin Webber (DM) Morning Thursday July 22nd, 2004 2:43:19 PM
(OOC:Sorry for the no post yesterday everyone and I'll make up for it this weekend.)
The group decides to cetch some sleep while a couple others talk about other things.
In the morning the group meets and heads for Beowulf's house for any info able to be gathered and to decide on what their next course of action should be?
Marek also heads to the market area real quick and can buy the items he wants for following prices. Iron arrowsx10: 1gp Silvered arrowsx10: 3gp Cold iron war hammer: 24gps (extra 300gps if masterworked) sheath: 1gp (masterwork sheath) 5gps Alchemical Firesx12:240gps
At Beowulf's place you find Beowulf in the entrance hall pacing as he thinks over things. Once you enter Beowulf looks up and smiles, "Greetings friends and what brings you here beside probably knowledge of current news?"
(OOC:Sorry Ceil for missing this in my previous post so here you go.)
Henri is pretty sure from some past reading of holy books and studies that the single dragon with a head equal and of the same color as each chromatic dragon is the symbol of Timat.
Hart, Spirit and Loran Thursday July 22nd, 2004 4:36:12 PM OOC: What exactly does the Shadow armor do? What bonuses are there, Justin?
Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
Hart wakes early and prays.
Spirit returns.
Early morning, Loran hunts and returns with small bird.
Sir Henri Thursday July 22nd, 2004 6:24:39 PM
In the morning, Henri Shaves wit his dagger, Washes and puts on clean Clothes. Goes over to the bed and whispers to Karhmaira's ear "My Sweet Lady, I'm going to my farther's Temple of Palor. I'll Meet you at Beowulf's Mansion." Then he pats her on her roump.
Henri visits his parents, kissing his mother on her cheek and Greets his farther by touching both of his Farther cheek with his own cheek. "My I speak with you Farther?" They both go off to his office, there he tells his farther about the four people who were in the corner of the tavern, (trying very hard not to be notice)Hank also tell about the symble on one of them had on his chest. After an hour or so, Henri was ready to go to join his friends. His Farther tell him to be careful and his Mother kisses her son good-by and give him a big basket full of fruits and trail food you have ever seen.
The paladin arrives at the house and joins his friends. "Greetings Sir, Yes I have a little news or I think It's news. Last night we all went to the Black Unicorn, It was lively, nice music and the food was very good. But as we look around the room at the costermers, we have notice acouple of Cleric at the bar, they were exchanging some thing under the bar, Odd behaver for Cleric?? But what intrested me the most was the four men in dark clothes and the hood of their cloak was over their heads, they eat then them left in a check hurry. But the cloak of one of then open to where I could see the emblem on his chest. It was that of a single Dragon with a head of same color and equal as of each chromatic dragons. I do belive and my farther also, that is the symble of Timat.
I don't like to be a bearer of bad news, But what are they doing here? Also do I have to report to the king about this?".
The paladin waits for an answer.
Kashmari Thursday July 22nd, 2004 6:51:16 PM
As Kashmari gets ready to retire for the night she confides to Henri, "I honestly do not know much about priests. I haven't dealt with them much at any rate." She grins, "if you feel suspicious of any of them I trust your judgement. Well off to bed." Kashmari curls up under her duvet, "I take it that you will take the other bed?" She laughs good-humoredly at her comment.
************************************************
Amazingly Kashmari sleeps somewhat late the next morning and is quietly awoken by Henri. She rubs her eyes, "devotions at your temple begin this early?" *yawn* "somehow this does not surprise me." She combs her finger through her hair once. "I suppose I will see you later then. will you ask your father about those priests then?" After Henri pats her on her rump she laughs and adds, "what will Namfoodle think of that?!" She laughs as she sits up.
************************************************
Not too long after Henri leave she gets up and goes through her morning hygiene rutine, taking care to put on fresh clothing. After this she will go down and scrounge up some breakfast for herself. As she eats she thinks through all of the little bits and pieces of information that she has heard. Kashmari absently looks for her other cohorts, and will quietly inform them that Henri left for temple business quite some time ago.
Marek Isentomb Thursday July 22nd, 2004 10:11:20 PM
Marek stretches out the nights sleep and gets out of bed. Ahh, a bed how i do miss you on the road.
A couple of shakes of the head, he moves to the basin and splashes water on his face and runs some through his hair. Fit for another day He dresses, dons weapons and armor and hits breakfast then shopping Iron arrowsx10: 1gp Silvered arrowsx10: 3gp Masterwork Cold iron war hammer: 324gps sheath: 1gp Alchemical Firesx12:240gps total=569gp and then to Beowulf's.
Henri tells of what he has learned and the soldier rubs his chin in thought, but otherwise awaits the next insertion plan.
Eiras d20+6=15 d20+6=25 Thursday July 22nd, 2004 11:21:28 PM
Early the next day, Eiras collects his gear from his camp and some replacement arrow shafts. When the markets open the next day, Eiras will buy some more cold iron arrowheads to replace the ones lost in the Shadow. Then he goes to Beowulf's.
After listening to the information about the priests, Eiras suggests, "We could try to follow the priests - or find out what they are looking for."
Tyal Friday July 23rd, 2004 1:29:54 AM
Early the next morning Tyal finds himself up and go about his morning exercises. He is dressed only in his undergarmets and standing in the clearing outside of town. His morning prayers to Inana are really an exercise that she prefers her priests to do every morning. It allows them to clear thier minds for her thoughts and harden thier warrior spirits. Having finished he lays his morningstar down and wipes off, before taking a dip in a neighboring stream.
He has little trouble getting back into the town and stops off at the inn that most of the group stayed at. He gets an ample breakfast and sits down to eat, waiting for the others. He will then go with them or on his own, depending on who shows up, to Beowulfs.
He stands and listens to what is said while volunteering nothing himself. Well he really has nothing to volunteer so he has nothing else to say, but... "Shall we help out in the Bahamut resurrection or find something else??"
Aelanthir d20+11=25 d20+11=26 d20+11=29 d20+6=19 d20+6=17 d20+6=21 d20+14=33 d20+14=33 d20+14=30 d20+9=21 d20+9=26 d20+9=28 d20+10=29 d20+10=28 d20+10=22 d20+12=27 d20+12=25 d20+12=27 Friday July 23rd, 2004 2:25:31 PM
Spending the night out roaming around the town until there is only a couple of hours left til daybreak. Aelanthir talks with several of the towns guards about what has been happening in towon.
Aelanthir will also casually follow the dark robed clerics out of the inn and see where they goto in town. If the clerics spot him or an attack comes at Aelanthir , the will trigger his wand and become invisible then quickly go back to the inn.
Aelanthir will have Kuari flying high cover watching for any possible ambushes or trouble.
-----------------
After getting a couple of hours rest Aelanthir will join the others at Beowulf's home.
Namfoodle Friday July 23rd, 2004 3:10:21 PM
Having reached his fill of entertaining at the inn(for now)he begins to spend more time with the rest of the group.
He does find it funny that Marek paid that much for alchemist's fire,he comments,"You should always find out what your'e friends are capable of before you throw money away." Sitting back,"If I am not mistaken aren't most demons unafected by fire?
As he sits and listens to the discussions,making occaisional notes. He begins to also scribble out a new song. A song about the party.
Marek Isentomb Friday July 23rd, 2004 4:05:29 PM
Marek smiles at Namfoodle's remark and takes it quite in stride. "Master Namfoodle I had no idea you could produce a week worth of work in a single evening. Next time I shall most assuredly check with you. And not everyting that tries to kill you in the Shadow is a demon."
Justin Webber (DM) Information Monday July 26th, 2004 1:55:11 PM
Aelanthir follows the priests, the priest give no attempts of ditching him and Kuari never gives a warning or anything of any attempts of attack ahead.
The priests slip out of the city without being stopped by the guards since they are standing guard simply in watch of attack or possible enemies. Neither of which the group of priests really look like.
At Beowulf's mansion, Beowulf listens to what Henri says and he nods once and about speaks when someone setting at the rear of the room stands and grins. The elderly looking man wears a plain silver robe, the robe bears a simple symbol of a large dragon who looks to be swallowing or maybe just touching the end of his tail with his nose.
Priest, "Yes, we knew they would be on the move soon. Forgive me for not saying anything earlier. I am a priest of Bahamut as you may of guessed." The priest looks to Beowulf and nods, "The priests of Tiamat are at work now and we will need to step up our attempts at getting the things to resurrect Bahamut."
Without warning and suddenly a man steps through the open door and looks at each person in the room. The man wears full platemail that is the color of shadows and a large bastard sword hangs at his waist. The man also wears a helemt of the same color, it looks to be in the shape of a skull. After a few moments of looking over the people assembled he slowly speaks, "It has been a long time Beowulf, age has been soo harsh to you."
Beowulf visibly jumps when he hears the voice, "My old friend Gimblus, have you come to help me out in this matter? What about Kilara? I heard she was staying in the same town you were."
Gimblus laughs and shakes his head, "Poor Beowulf, eternally lost in the river of times long forgotten. KIlara is no long of this world dear Beowulf. My sword drank from her blood just recently in the shadows, a sacrifice to Lord Quenzdel who has granted me his power...his strength...his knowledge....and also his HATRED for you."
Beowulf looks to be in shock for a moment and stares at Gimblus before speaking, "Y...y..you killed Kilara. Why?...WAIT! you made a pact with Quenzdel, he is the second leading demon of the fiery pits. We fought against the evils of the fiery pits for many years, why turn your back to us and join them now?"
Gimblus shakes his head, "I was just a back-water country boy, known for nothing and son to no one. In your group as a hero I was someone for once in my life. I helped you and fought beside you for all those years and then you simply throw it away saying you seen to many friends die and leave ME to become a nothing again....my world fell apart and now you will watch as everything you hold dear to you falls to ruin."
Gimblus looks to the group now and you hear a laugh issue from the skull helmet, "My my my, what a pitiful bunch here but we of darkness have a like number to them which I lead now. The Seekers of Darkness have brought us are chosen. What fun it will be to see you all dance on a high wire.....ohhh and a dear priest of Bahamut, ha, like you will ever bring Bahamut to existence before we will bring Tiamat back."
Gimblus looks back to the group and chuckles, "Ohhhh hold your weapons dreary people with no chance. Your not worthy of my backlash technique let alone a out right fight. I just stopped by to pay old Beowulf a visit and also to tell the dear old priest that we have found a piece of Timat already old padre." Gimblus pulls a small orb from a pouch and tosses it up and cetches it, the orb glows lightly and you can see a pair of heads looking like ones red and the other blue in the orb which blow fire at you but the orb stops the fire from doing much but put on a good show.
Gimblus turns now and walks slowly out the door, speaking over his should, "Take care everyone and ohhh please don't die to soon. I really would like some sport."
Hart, Spirit and Loran Monday July 26th, 2004 6:57:05 PM Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
Hart sits, listening. He looks at the new suit of armor.
Spirit just stands in front of Hart, hopping up and down.
Loran peeps one eye open and peers at Spirit curiously.
What enhancments are on the Shadow armor, Justin?
Fern Tuesday July 27th, 2004 3:31:45 AM
Fern has spent a few days with her old teacher Snow Star who lives about five miles outside of the city. She spends time telling him what has been happening in her life and hearing about what has been happening in his. They both spend some time together training a giant eagle chick that she rescued from a traveling show.
ooc: Justin could you send me a list of my portion of the treasure? Isn't it nice that Fern doesnt need any of the weapons or armor...however next time a extra good bow and/or arrows would be nice, she only has a composite longbow magic +1, mighty +2 :)
loretta Tuesday July 27th, 2004 4:12:25 AM
ooc: justin is this correct Fern is/should be a level 5 ranger with 10,000exp to start and she just got 4,232 exp?
Hart (OOC) Tuesday July 27th, 2004 6:30:21 AM
Loretta, no 'portions' have really been divided. People, currently seem to be using whats there.
I suggest asking for a list of unused items, then treat them as a group item until suggested otherwise.
Eiras Tuesday July 27th, 2004 9:37:44 AM
"Is it always like this in the city - people showing up unannouced and threatening others? No wonder there are so many deaths here," Eiras looks around.
"So, shall we try to pick up the trail of those priests or ..." Eiras leaves the question hanging.
Marek Isentomb Tuesday July 27th, 2004 11:27:32 AM
Marek nods as the Bahamut priest addresses the group standing at ease until the stranger enters. At first, with Beowulf's nonadvesarial greeting, Marek gives a nod of recognition towards the man. That casual thought and action is quickly erradicated as warrior skills and sences grab his conscience.
Marek takes several strides towards Gimblus and draws the great chain into his capable hands. His instincts, yell to retreat, to back down, to survive against this far more skilled fighter. He would rip through you without breaking a sweat.
But the soldier does not shirk duty to lord and country and holds firm ground, 15' of enchanted steel slowly rolling through his hands. Gimblus continues to speak..."Ohhhh hold your weapons dreary people with no chance. Your not worthy of my backlash technique let alone a out right fight. I just stopped by to pay old Beowulf a visit and also to tell the dear old priest that we have found a piece of Timat already old padre."
The soldier stays his post, weapon still at the ready. "The demon dragon will never see the light of any world but the tormenting light of Hel's realm, to which it is confined old man."
Once Gimblus has left Marek turns to Henri with a look purpose and then to the Bahamut priest and Beowulf. "Time has just shortened on us. Our mission should be to prevent Tiamat's return, not the conjuration of an opponent to help ravege the countryside."
Marek still stands weapon at the ready, as if it is an extension of his hands.
Namfoodle d20+10=25 Tuesday July 27th, 2004 1:49:21 PM
Sitting and listening he absently begins to pluck at his lyre.(Perform 25)When the news about pacts with demons being made,startles the poor gnome so much he drops the lyre on the ground.
"What is with you humans? Why do you feel you make all these pacts and deals with demons and devils? Have you no pride in yourselves? No confidence?" He is clearly frustrated. "Don't you know that in the end you are trading your'e freedom and joy for nothing?"
When Gimblus walks out,"No, it is you I hope will live long enough to realize your'e mistake,and hopefully atone before it is too late."
Tyal Tuesday July 27th, 2004 4:25:33 PM
Tyal takes it all in stride as he listens to the group go on about this and that. He adds nothing as he really has nothing to add of interest or that is of import.
When the soldier shows up out of nowhere and starts his speech, Tyal finds his lips curling back into a smile. It would seem that the darkness has also found some that would see the furthering of evil's goals. So the circle would continue as it should, though he does like the ocassional lull in the cycle.
He is more than ready to start out on whatever the group decides, but he is not sure what that maybe. If the dark ones have really found that many pieces of Tiamat and they could almost be certain of that, they had little time.
Hart, Spirit and Loran Tuesday July 27th, 2004 6:56:58 PM Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
The satyr just looks on as the humans debate Dragon Gods. As the warriors draw steel, the fey does ready a spell.
Spirit is doing handstands.
Loran is sleeping, again.
Mykell Aweihand Tuesday July 27th, 2004 10:07:16 PM
Mykell looks to each person as they speak and frowns when the knight shows up and simply shakes his head as the man leaves, "Gee, things get better and better."
Mykell looks to the others and waits for them to decide what they should do.
(OOC:I will make a DM post later tonight. Kind of hoping Eunice, Dom and Ceil post yet before I make my post.)
Kashmari Tuesday July 27th, 2004 11:56:52 PM
If Gimblus hadn't so readily taken the side of the demons she would have had sympathy for the man. She knows what it can feel like to be "nothing". Kashmari listens to his tirade about how pathetic they all are are, she has a quiet look of boredom as Gimblus rambles on. In her mind she knows that Gimblus' arrogance will be his downfall in the end. Once Gimblus leaves she smiles at Namfoodle, "those were brave words friend. It is a pity that he didn't even bother to seem to listen to you." Immediately after complimenting Namfoodle she looks over to Beowulf and the priest of Bahamut. Never one for charity she asks the priest, "now we know what we are faced with and that time is slipping through our hands, so what is our assistance worth to you?" Even though she would like to see Gimblus knocked down a peg or two she keeps firmly in mind that petty pleasures and pro bono work do not keep you fed, clothed and armed. If the others do agree to work to further the goals of the priesthood from the goodness of their hearts then at least she made a small effort to ask for pay. She can get away with doing that at any rate since she holds no allegeniance to any religion. She leans back into her chair and waits to hear what the priest or Beowulf might say in reply.
Aelanthir Wednesday July 28th, 2004 2:55:05 AM
Aelanthir looks at the old friend now turned enemy of Beowulf's then looks to the priest of Bahamut then says "I think I may have a few ideas on helping you sir but I do not think it is wise to be talking about it here with the enemy within these halls. Beowulf, is there someplace we can talk with out the fear of being over heard?"
Sir Henri Wednesday July 28th, 2004 6:17:59 AM
The paladin just sits there not speaking or moving, just sit there listening to what is being said. He's in one of those moods, you can almost tell what he's thinking by his eyes 'Oh! Yes Gimblus, I cannot wait to meet you AGAIN.'
Hart (OOC) Wednesday July 28th, 2004 8:22:31 AM
OOC: Its likely I won't be able to post again until early Thursday. Sorry for any inconvienience.
Fern Wednesday July 28th, 2004 4:29:23 PM
Fern jumps up when the demon appears. But listens carefully to what is going on.
ooc: justin, i don't mind you having a character in the game. but could you please make seperate posts for him and the dm posts, I keep thinking that there hasn't been a dm post.
Justin Webber (DM) Priest talks Wednesday July 28th, 2004 9:35:59 PM
The priest looks to everyone and shakes his head quickly before holding up a hand, "Dear sirs and ladies. There is no reason to retreat to a more private room since I think at this time us finding the necessary things to bring Bahamut back is of a high priority."
The priest looks to Kashmari, "I'm sure we will compensate you and your friends for all your help that your able or will lend."
Looking to everyone now the priest smiles, "Alittle ways from this city is a hidden temple/fort that the priests of Bahamut have been arming and holding for the time that this battle would come. I will escourt you all there and from there you can meet with the high priest council and get more information on the resurrection of Bahamut....we have already received word of your reaction to my young associate. If you don't mind following me we can set out for the temple now if you all wish."
Hart, Spirit and Loran Thursday July 29th, 2004 3:39:13 AM Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
"I feel no need to help you resurrect thees dragon. Dragons are cause oof much termoil een thees world. Eef my companions go, I weel follow. Not to help you."
Spirit points and shakes his finger at the priest.
Loran pops one eye open, annoyed with the noise.
Jay B(OOC) Thursday July 29th, 2004 3:40:52 AM
Are we going to get gold for the last couple weeks? Just curious, and no hurry.
Sir Henri Thursday July 29th, 2004 9:03:11 AM
Henri get to his feet, "I'm ready to follow, "Master Priest! Please lead the way."
Namfoodle Thursday July 29th, 2004 12:12:41 PM
Waiting a moment to pick up his fallen lyre,he checks it for any serious damage.
Nodding his head at Henri's action,"A perfect soldier that one," he mutters to nobody in particular.
"Namfoodle will go. The darkness cannot win,and if raising dead spirits is what must be done,then so be it."
Looking to Hart,and speaking the elven tounge,"I know this may not be an easy task for you,but if we do not do this the shadow will soon spread and all life shall suffer."
Marek Isentomb Thursday July 29th, 2004 12:56:14 PM
Marek snorts with a grimace and then nods to the priest. "Very well, but for the record I do not agree. Marek picks his pack from the floor and shoulders it as he moves to the exit.
"Let's move." he states plainly, his tone bordering on that of an order.
Eiras Thursday July 29th, 2004 2:45:21 PM
"Let us go, the quicker there, the quicker finished!" Eiras draws up his scarves and his hood as he stands and looks around.
loretta Thursday July 29th, 2004 4:00:38 PM
ooc: justin what items where sold? how much cash does each person get? when are you going to reply to that email?
Aelanthir Thursday July 29th, 2004 7:07:26 PM
"I will go with you to your temple Priest but once there I will talk with the others first in private." Aelanthir tells the priest of Bahamut.
Aelanthir gathers his gear then follows the priest and the others.
Once they reach the temple Aelanthir will look to the others and calmly tell them "As I see it we have two real choices. One is to go rushing about looking for the items to bring Bahamut back to life. Two, we can go out and intercept the priests of Tiamat by recovering and destroying the items they are needing while the priests of Bahamut go about and recover the items they are needing and ressurect Bahamut. The second option is the one I would rather do as I dislike being the 'errand boy' for somebody. I will support the rest of you as best I can on what ever we decide."
Kashmari Thursday July 29th, 2004 8:23:55 PM
Not surprisingly Kashmari supports her brother. "I will go to the temple with you all eventhough I see no reason to spend much time there."
At the temple she will hear what everyone has to say about any plans for action. She is particularly interested in what Aelanthir has to say. When he finishes with his suggestions Kashmari adds a few thoughts of her own.
"I feel I should add a few things to my brother's reasoning. First the priests are far better suited than ourselves to find the items they need to resurrect their dragon. Not to mention that they have the necessary knowledge, and we do not."
She watches the body language of the others to gauge whether or not they might agree with her and Aelanthir.
"Second, I do believe that the priests of Tiamat fully expect us to seek the items to resurrect Bahamut. Knowing as we do that time is running out and because we are the 'Heroes', thus we should probably be traipsing around trying to save the world by bringing back the 'Good Dragon God'." Once again it is obvious that Kashmari does not care for the 'hero role' that they seem to have inherited due to circumstance. "Therefore if we do what we can to disrupt the plans of the Tiamat priests we just might be able to distract them from the Bahamut priests' quest." With a pensive look the psion continues, "if Gimblus' arrogance is anything to go by then I do not think that they will expect us to take any direct actions against them so soon."
Kashmari slowly paces the room since she finds this god-quest stuff somewhat annoying. She believes that the fate of the world lies solely in the hands of its inhabitants not some God or other. "Naturally if the majority would rather be hunting for religious artifacts then I will do what I can to be of assistance."
Kashmari finds herself hoping that she doesn't end up insulting Henri with her less than enthusiastic views on organized religion. She certainly admires Hart's and Marek's points of view on the matter since they seem to be closer to her own point of view.
Hart, Spirit and Loran Friday July 30th, 2004 11:14:39 PM
Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
The satyr waits for his companions.
Spirit plays tag with a table leg.
Loran keeps peering at the Spirit as if to say, "Your annoying!"
Tyal Saturday July 31st, 2004 12:17:39 AM
Tyal meerly shrugs as the others do some talking once at the temple. He sees no real reason to have to find the pieces himself. "I would much rather take the fight to the dark ones then spend my time aquiring pieces of a dragon god." He shakes his head as he looks to the others. "Inana would not be pleased with some of that anyways...avoiding a fight to take the safer route." He cuts his right hand through the air to signal that he will say nothing more on that particular subject.
"Still let it please you to know that I will follow a group decision..." He rolls his eyes at the thought of going after the dragon god. "...no matter how boring it maybe." He waits otherwise to see what is decided by all and his next destination decided.
Justin Webber (DM) Hidden Temple Saturday July 31st, 2004 5:37:55 PM
(OOC: Loretta, if the email which I have looked at but not had time to reply on. Is strictly over items for your character then please just add them to your charactersheet, etc. Everyone should have a decent idea what was on their charactersheet and a good guess on how much money they had left after the beginning makeup process. With items news, nothing has been sold of yet and you better ask in game what has been decided on sicne that is a game matter. Everyone, please send a copy of your charactersheet to Kent the Woldian record keeper with the following in the title area "character name-Mithril Tapestry (Har Dell)". Thank you.)
The priest shakes his head at the beginning comments and does lead the way. As he walks through the grassy, open ground he glances to everyone and sighs abit, "You all should be aware that the relics we seek are hidden and also maybe quite out of our league to obtain without aid. That is not a matter to think on though, I will ask what will you all do if Tiamat is resurrected and we have not been able to bring back Bahamut? Will you all fight Tiamat, the goddess of evil dragons? Do you have the necessary armor and weapons for such a fight or the power?"
The priest finally stops in a very large open area. You see nothing infront of you but the priest fishes around in a traveling pack he carries and finally pulls out a clear jewel which he holds up to the light and moves very slowly till a beam of light from the sun is reflected off of it and when the beam shoots forward suddenly a large fort appears.
The stone of the fort is crafted beautifully and it is no suprise since infront of the large doors are a pair of dwarves who wear platemail and hold shields bearing the symbol of Bahamut. The priest smiles and runs forward, moving quick and rather agile for his old age and greets the dwarves, "Hail guards of Bahamut, once faithful followers of Moradin." One of the dwarves looks carefully at the old priest and almost gasps, "Bahamut be praised that your back. The coucil is meeting with the gnome over seer and wishes you there."
The priest nods and looks back at the group as a young priest comes running out to meet the old priest and the group, "Bale...Bale...ohh I mean.." The old priest quickly cuts him off, "Hush with the titles, get these people to a room so they may bath, rest, feed them also and we will send for them shortly. Beowulf has asked that they meet with the gnome over seer also and check up on our special guest also and make sure he is ready to meet with these people also."
With that said the old priest runs off to the large inside of the fort and is gone, leaving the young priest who looks at all of you confused, "Excuse me sirs and ladies. You must be honored guests to be escourted by him personally. Please follow me to your room."
The young man slowly leads you inside of the fort which you see some people moveing about. Only a handfull of them wear the priest robes of Bahamut. Others are mere peasants who odviously are taking refuge inside the fort for now. Most of the peasants don't look like they have ever touched a weapon besides those for farming purposes. The priests you see are young too, most as young as the man leading you and some even younger yet (around 10 and up. The priest leading you looks to be in his late 20). The most noticeable thing in the large court yard is a statue of pure crystal. The statue is in the shape of a giant platinum colored dragon who watches down on the court yard.
The young priest finally leads you into the large inner fort building. The hall ways are of the same great craftsmanship but the whole place is bare of any ornament. You see only another ten, maybe twelve priests in here also who go about duties or are praying. Finally after a small walk through halls that look completely the same and made of the same white marble the priest opens a door to a large room and walks in, holding the door for you to enter.
The priest smiles as he looks over the group and motions around, "This will be your room for your stay here. I fear I know so little of who you all are suppose to be. I just recently finished my training and have yet to go outside these walls." The priest motions to a set of 8 doors to the side of the room, "Those are all wash rooms, seperate of course for privacy."
The priest goes over and pats the large table with around ten chairs around it, "We will serve you food soon and some thing to drink." The priest also motions to the far end of the room, "Over there is the beds, a the ladies will find a curtain that will go around the beds if you pull the tassle by the bed." As he said, in the back of the room are a set of ten small beds also, true to his word these is a tassle hanging by each bed and pulled to the ceiling are large curtains that you can guess drop down to surround the bed.
The priest quickly leaves you to talk and look over the room. The room is bare other then the things mentioned and a single small window that is shut currently. You will of note have seen only the two dwarven guards, if counted a total of only twenty four priests of Bahamut. This includes the old priest who brought you. Everyone who has been in a city at all in their character's life time thus far will remember that he/she has never seen a priest of Bahamut since now, where as the symbol of the multi-headed Tiamat has been seen in various regions and even priests of Tiamat traveling through forests. This might raise a question?
(OOC:Both Timat and Bahamut priesthoods are exclusive and mostly hidden orders in the sense of joining. The people who have seen Tiamat's symbol will of seen it but not known it was Tiamat at that time since they are secretive.)
Sir Henri Sunday August 1st, 2004 8:34:42 AM
The Paladin pick up his weapons (which was on the floor next to where he was sitting), Follows the Priest into the hall, then out the frount door. He whistle for his horse, then mounts him whispering "Follow the Priest, then you can go home and rest for a while."
He ride untill they all come to a open field. Where the priest takes a stone and in it's reflection reveiles a fort like building. Henri follow to the doors. Takes the saddles bags off Flash(freeing him to do what ever he wanys). Enter the building with the others, watching every body around and not missing any details of this Temple. But the statue of the dragon is breath taking.
Once shown to their quaters, it was very plane, nia, clean But privet Oh! Well! Henri will let the females chose first, then choses one near either the beginning of the line of beds or the last in the row of beds (for reasons only the paladin knows.
Hank pulls the cord, lets fall the curtain, takes off his armor, then dresses himself in cevikian clothes. Saying his prays to Palor, then goes out to sit at the table. If there's anybody there he will join in the conversation.
Fern Sunday August 1st, 2004 5:34:05 PM
Fern and Huur follow the priest when she sees the building appears she is amazed. "How did you do that?" she asks. When the young priest comes up she realizes that the older one must be very important. She follows the young one to the rooms and chooses a bed near the window. She changes into something a little nicer (behind the curtains) opens the window then sits at the table and begins sketching the view of when the fort appeared.
ooc: justin I have items already i just want the list for the next time i go shopping. what skill would i use for the sketch? would cartography work?
Hart, Spirit and Loran Sunday August 1st, 2004 6:26:02 PM
Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
"Clerics are often wise. Did eet eber occur to you that perhaps tha artifacts are heedden fur a reason?! That perhaps the Dragon Gods are gone fur a reason?!" The satyr lopes behind the group as the enter the stone barracks. He squirms and twitchs, feeling extremely uncomfortable around the masonry. He enters the room with his friends then shakes his head. "We are truly oot of our league friends. Dragons? Dragon GODS? Priests of untold orders? I mees my woods."
Spirit rides happily along in the hood.
Loran sleeps on the journey, but opens his eyes instinctively coming into the fort. He becomes alert.
Namfoodle d20+10=18 d20+4=18 Monday August 2nd, 2004 4:17:49 AM
Namfoodle follows quietly,save for his absent strumming of his lyre.(Perform 18)
Following along,he still has nothing to say,he just loks around and smiles at those who look at him.
Although he looks calm on the outside he is thinking and rolling questions over in his mind,What have they gotten themselves into? What do two dead dragon gods have to do with anyhting right now? Can we really win? What will be our fate?
Aelanthir Monday August 2nd, 2004 5:35:27 AM
Aelanthir will find a bed in one of the corners then pull the cord dropping the curtain. Aelanthir will clean up and then rest for a fhort break thinking over everything that the group has been told.
After cleaning up and resting Aelanthir will tell the others "I feel like we are being forced to do something that the clerics of Bahamut should be doing. There should be followers of Bahamut that are capable of retrieving the items needed to bring back their god."
Aelanthir then calmly sits down gets an apple from the table of food then pulls out a dagger and starts to slowly cut up the apple and eat it.
Eiras d20+11=22 d20+11=31 d20+11=27 Monday August 2nd, 2004 8:47:54 AM
Eiras remains silent, hidden in the folds of his scarves and cloak. He continually scans the surroundings and the interior of the temple once they enter, including the walls for 'climbabilty'.{Spot:22,31,27}
Inside, after they have settled in the room. Eiras says to Aelanthir, "That is how I feel. That is why I like the idea of hunting these evil seekers, rather than looking for the pieces."
Marek Isentomb Monday August 2nd, 2004 11:31:55 AM
Marek walks in silence, or at least he is not talking until the preist brings into the question of skill and firepower against Tiamat. At that comment he snorts, "No one has suggested sitting about until Tiamat returns. The issue raised is preventing the return of Tiamat. If we prevent the disease we no need to discover the cure."
The temple unfolds and the younger cleric shows them to the room. The others move to clean up from the road or get a bit more comfortable, Marek moves with Fern to the window and looks out for a moment and then sits for a glass of water as the others talk.
"Then it seems we all agree, though from what we have seen Aelanthir, the children of this temple could not accomplish the task they set before us." Looking to Sir Henri, "Sir? We need to go after Tiamat's group and stop them. Not begin an arms race of deific ressurection."
Sir Henri Monday August 2nd, 2004 12:59:23 PM
Henri answers Marek and the others, "I agree with you, I also feel the push into this this murky affair, But I must hunt these demonds and ellimenate them. That's the feeling I got from my God Palor." He look at his friends and tell himself 'Yes! I can put my trust and my life in their hands.'
Kashmari Monday August 2nd, 2004 4:35:10 PM
Kashmari reguards the sudden appearance of the fort as a trick of smoke mirrors. She is impressed with the architecture and the sculptures. The people that she sees milling around in here do not impress her over much, in fact she is not particularly surprised at the unprofessionalness of this "kindergaten order". In other words she is reminded of why organized religon often does not work.
"My, you lot recruit at a very tender age," Kashmari remarks drily to their priest/guide.
When a room is assigned to the party she will take one of the beds immediately beside Aelanthir's.
Kashmari feels no real need to draw the curtains while she changes to her courtier garb; however she does so out of consideration for the others. They seem a bit more prudish than herself. She draws the curtain aside after a bit and then takes a seat at the table.
Her gown is rather elaborately embroidered with silk thread and a few tiny beads and fresh-water pearls, the fabric is a thick silk of a pale golden color. Making a good outward impression cannot hurt at this point. From looking at her now it is difficult to imagine that she is anything but a lady of the Court. When she wants to she can look quite stunning.
She is busy combing her long hair into an elaborate coiffure. Afterwards she elegantly eats a few small pieces of fruit and drinks a little light white wine. Notably Kashmari has an ornate dagger belted at her waist.
Clearly she is expecting either a formal reception or at least a lengthy council meeting; possibly including dinner.
"Regrettably it seems that we are stuck with the job of haring around the county-side looking for a few inane relics. We might as well make the best of it." Kashmari does not look pleased. "I hope we will have enough leeway to do some constructive work depopulating demons as well."
"Henri; anyone else, have you ever heard of any of these dragon orders before? For the life of me I cannot remember ever seeing any dragon priests of any sort before these last few days. Then suddenly they are simply crawling out of the wood-work in droves. In my book this is all one big, bad omen..." Kashmari asks her questions about the priests quite casually.
Tyal Monday August 2nd, 2004 4:37:54 PM
Tyal looks around the compound as he is let in, not really liking what he is seeing. "The have a nice place but not the defenses to man it well." He shakes his head and sends a silent prayer to Inana that this place is not attacked while he is here.
He follows the others to the rooms that they are shown to and then takes a seat in a chair, after nabbing an apple. He takes a big bite of it and chews as he thinks. With a slight nod of his head he speaks. "It is true that going after the bringers of Tiamat would be a wise decision, but..." He looks around at the inside of the room they are sitting in and thinks of the people they saw. "These people will not make it if they try to gather these artifacts themselves." He pauses for that to sink in though several of them have already pointed this fact out. "I do not like to be herded into anything myself...still do we have the power to go the other direction, for that fact do we have the power to ressurect a god??" He takes another bite of the apple and then sets back to think some more.
With a last bite of the apple that leaves nothing left he shakes his head and then laughs. "Actually...why am I complaining, they pay me well and I will do the job...neither of them is against my moral code." He looks to the others that claim to be mercenaries and shakes his head. "As long as the job does not go against our moral code...why should we care as long as the money is good." He leans back in the chair and closes his eyes relaxing for whatever is to come.
Justin Webber (DM) Meeting Monday August 2nd, 2004 8:42:17 PM
The young priest shows up alittle while after the group has talked and smiles as he looks around, "Please follow me sirs and ladies."
The young priest slowly leads you through the halls untill he reaches a large wooden door where a pair of just slightly older priests stand guard. With a quick nod the two priests open the door and you are allowed in to a large throne looking room. Inside you see a large table with a silver colored cloth over it and a group of four old priest sit at the table, one of the four being the priest who escourted you here. Of note is also a single older gnome who currently plays with his beard.
The old priests look to the group and one you haven't seen before speaks up, "So these are the people who you think will help us and who wanted to talk to the gnome over seer?"
The gnome looks to the group and speaks, "I have heard of somethings, you all are sent by Beowulf to speak to me about joining his mission to stop the evil. I have no reason to do so and refuse as of now and you might as well know it from the beginning. We gnomes have not been bothered by the darkness and of yet our hidden village stays hidden." The gnome looks to the priest who guided the group here, "I will go high priest Bale...if Beowulf can prove that this little war will be a winning one then we will side but till then I will not align my gnome friends to a loosing cause."
Your guide who you know if high priest Bale now looks to the group and sighs, "I can guess by the looks of you that you still do not wish to align yourselves with our cause either and help us. I'm sorry if that is so and I lead you here for nothing then."
High priest Bale looks to the other older priests and speaks to them strictly now, "All are older priests have been slaughtered by the drow infestation in the temple catacombs. We have no choice now but to send are young initiates into the catacombs along with one of our ranks and try to bring back the scroll and check on the egg....we have no choice and will have to pray that the group will beable to make it through the drow."
The gnome over seer laughs, having heard this as he was leaving and spins on his heel, "Even the priests are having troubles. Poor believers in "chosen". Where are the "chosen" form your legends...they aren't around, these people nor no one else is stepping forward to take that title. Makes me wonder if the herald of light you say is here is really here....what is he, dead...it's a corpse I bet...the heralds haven't been seen in hundreds and hundreds of years."
High priest Bale frowns at the gnomes mockery, "GUARDS! Escourt the Overseer to his room or out if he wishes to leave. I do not wish to hear anymore of his comments at this time. He knows nothing of the legends clearly or is a non-believer in a time when it is needed the most."
Hart, Spirit and Loran Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 12:47:05 AM Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
The satyr stands in awe of the stupidity around him. "I believe een whot I want, when I want and who I want. I trabel with these companions because I believe in Beowulf's cause. I do nut believe there is enough reason to raise any God. Nature decides these things.
Why do you wish to presume upon Shalm een thees way?"
The Spirit shakes his finger at everyone in the room while Hart rants.
Loran goes back to sleep, unimpressed by the high priest's antics or the satyr's raving lunecy.
Eiras Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 7:52:21 AM
Eiras ignores the stupid condescension from the gnome and all questions. He does get a bit excited when Drow are mentioned. After the blustering high priest finishes he speaks to the group.
"DROW! Ah figures that bad seed would have something to do with this. Let's do something about the 'infestation' what do you say?" Eiras turns to look at the party.
Marek Isentomb Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 2:12:40 PM
Back in the room, "I agree with you Tyal, what we have seen shows this temple is in no way capable of such a dangerous quest as ressurecting Bahamut and shouldn't try. Assuming we function as a cohesive unit, I feel we could go the other direction and stop the raising of Tiamat."
The group is escorted to see the Overseer. Marek listens and does little to hide his feelings of dislike to what the gnome says. "Coward." is the sole word he mutters at the gnomes departure.
Marek looks to Sir Henri as Hart starts in again on his views and the priests begin talking amongst themselves and he then leans in to whisper, "Sir, now would be a good time to take charge of this situation. If we are going to do something here we need to do it now. Otherwise send the mercs home."
Namfoodle Speaker of the unvoiced thoughts Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 2:13:23 PM
Relieved to hear that the gnome lands are safe,he begins to smile. Definate good news to brighten his recent thoughts. Disapointed at the overseer's reluctance to fight for a just cause,he thinks,"I will speak with him about what I have seen."
Speaking in his native tounge,"A word with you,at your'e convience. It will do this gnome good to,hear more of home."
Slightly confused as to why they were being led to meet hte Gnome overseer,and yet now he is carted off as if he were a prisoner.
Looking at Eiras,and Hart in turn,he stifles a chuckle. The two are very similar,yet completely different. That friendship will be everlasting,when they accept it.
"High Priest Bale,I would like to ask you more about what is going on. My companions and I are all here for our own personal reasons this is true. We have volunteered to fight this evil to the end,and yet we are pushed and pulled around like cattle. I do not know how the rest of my comrades feel,but I am most tired of being a pawn in your'e game. We are entitled to know everything." His tone is forceful and yet at the same time full of mirth,"You are asking us to trust you on faith alone,and I know some of us do not have much to spare." Winking slyly at Kashmari."Here is what I propose,you tell us everything you know about what is going on,and we will continue to to aid you. If you do not wish to be hnest with us I am afraid that we will have to embark on our own."Flashing Tyal a quick grin.
He takes a seat and begins to toss grapes into the air and catch them with his mouth.
Sir Henri d20+18=38 Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 2:48:29 PM
The paladin smilea at Marik, "Your right! But am I the one to do this?" Then Henri stands, knods at Manfoodle and bows his head at the hight Preist Bail. "Sir, I think that my Comrad at arms is right. I myself trust my life and soel only to Palor. We all have the feeling that at this point we are being used, for only Palor knows what? Even you Monks here in your safty Fort of a temple are not really safe, are you? You need us to do what you cannot do. Now tell us what we really have to know, where we have to go and what do we have to bring back. Then and only then we will decide for ourselves."
Henri sits down again, then add "WE will decide weather it is faverbal to do so." Hank goes back to watching everybody and winks at Karhmarie.
OOC: Diplomacy 38
Aelanthir Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 4:46:07 PM
Aelanthir looks to the high priest then to the others in the group shaking his head. "Some of us do not folow any diety as for the most part they can make you feel like you are a pawn and have no control over your own destiny. I admit that I have not been a follower of any diety since I was very young. I follow my own moral guide and that is to find my own way in life gaining knowledge and power while protecting what remains of my 'noble' family." quietly Aelanthir tells the group.
Fern Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 5:08:10 PM
Fern has been listening quietly as everyone speaks. "Now settle down everyone. Father if you could please give us more information so everyone will feel more comfortable?"
Kashmari Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 8:00:06 PM
Kashmari takes in this whole mess calmly. So far no reaction she wasn't expecting has occured, and the only person even remotely offensive is Marek with his 'holier-than-thou' attitude. It is funny how traits one might recognize in oneself become so unattractive and annoying in others. The gnome overseer just seems to her to be edgy and overly hostile; more than likely because he thinks his time is better spent else where. 'I cannot say I blame him for not wanting to be here. Still, it is not directly my problem. Namfoodle will probably have a talk with the overseer and set everything right with him.'
Kashmari takes an immediate; but not marked, interest in two things that were mentioned. Herald of light and Drow. She finds herself partly in agreement with Eiras' assessment of drow. Before the gnome overseer is escorted out of the council chambers Kashmari decides to mention Sahikito.
"Sir, you mentioned heralds of light. I have reason to believe that we may have crossed paths with one such in the Shadows." Kashmari is only actually interested in the gnome's reaction, but she does dart an inquiring glance over at Henri wondering if he still has Sahikito's sword.
"Rather the man we met could certainly pass for something from 'legend'." The psion adds the last sentence because she does not want to seem like she is lending undue credibility to any tales haling from a religious group. The memory flashes come to mind again. Oddly the herald epithet would be an apt description for Sahikito. She finds that quietly disturbing.
"As for any 'Chosen'; in my view no one has laid claim to that title because it is pompous drivel. Not to forget that it implies a certain willingness to be led around by the nose," Kashmari adds even more coolly, "for reasons none of you need to know we all felt that Beowulf's call to arms was worth heeding; nothing more nothing less. Legends and Heroes are for 'tale-spinners'."
Kashmari keeps herself completely composed and calm; especially because both Namfoodle and Henri are winking at her. She smiles pleasantly at the council members but there is no warmth in her smile.
"I most certainly would welcome more actual information and considerably less 'faith'. Perhaps you would care to tell us more about the immediate trouble you have with the Drow?"
She inwardly applaudes Namfoodle's approach to this whole matter about being forthcoming and honest. She couldn't have put it any better.
Kashmari opts to avoid openly concurring with the clear references to her considerable lack of faith in anything divine or foretold. Especially since she shares her brother's views.
Hart Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 8:25:38 PM
The satyr stands there waiting for an answer to his question.
(OOC: I work a later shift tonight, hence the short post.)
Justin Webber (DM) Talks Cont Tuesday August 3rd, 2004 11:44:29 PM
(OOC:Not making a post for Mykell, everyone will know he is in the room but is just remining silent which isn't new.)
High priest Bale looks to those assembled and nods. Before he can speak though Kashmari comments about a herald of light and Bale freezes and looks to the others, "Seems they have entered the game more then we are being told."
The gnome overseer laughs now and holds his sides, "Ohhh yess more wasted words...I seen...you seen...we all seen..a herald of light." The gnome rubs a finger along his nose and clicks his tongue once, "I have seen my mighty fleet of air ships and thats all I need to see. We will hold our homeland against ANY attack of any kind and the airships will prove supreme."
Bale shakes his head and sighs, "Gnomes and their machines and technology....anyway the matter is as this. Under this place is a series of catacombs where we bury are dead. The catacombs recently were invaded by some drow elves and they were able to enter the fort through the catacombs entrance way and succeeded in killing most of all are older cleric members. The scroll stating where the sacred objects to bring back Bahamut is down there along with the sacred egg."
Bale looks to the gnome overseer and grins as a thought comes to his mind, "The herald of light would like to meet all of you. I have decided that we will pay these nice people to retrieve the srcoll, afterwards you all may meet with the herald. Maybe this will prove to mister defend my homeland and nothing else gnome overseer that the cause is worth dedicating his men too."
Bale looks to the group and smiles as he speaks slowly, "We have only a simple few items worth money but I figure they will fetch a decent price. If you all will get the scroll and find how the drow got into the catacombs so we can shut it off then we will pay you with what we have and you can go about your own buisness if you still yet believe you are being pulled around without a higher purpose."
A sudden deep, voice, sounding much like stone being grinded over stone echoes through the chamber, "Yes, after they help they may meet me. I am Karfax the truthsayer, I await meeting with the ones that was saved by the one we of the light know as Sahikito the defender. I will see about summoning Kalie of the crown also for she will grant a gift on to each of you if you so choose to live to your destiny and trust me...you are not being pulled along by fate..."YOU" are making it and "YOU" are the ones pulling the gods and others along. The chess pieces are in your hands, now it's your moves."
The voice stops suddenly and you seen during the whole time that no one was speaking in the room and know source of magic was given off in the room either.
High priest Bale bows his head and nods, "Seems are Herald of light has great faith in you and there for mine is with you also. "I" High priest Bale will go with them to see that the passage the drow are using is sealed. I go for no other reason, not to watch, not to advise but to simply make sure my brothers and sisters here remain safe after the cleaning."
Eiras Wednesday August 4th, 2004 10:13:55 AM
Eiras listens to the continuing discussion between the priest and the gnome without comment.
He does shake his head on the description of the drow's entrance into the catacombs.
After Karfax speaks, Eiras scratches his chin thoughtfully but says nothing.
"Shall we leave now for these catacombs? I am ready," Eiras speaks loud enough for all to hear.
Namfoodle d20+10=25 d20+10=23 Wednesday August 4th, 2004 11:30:09 AM
After catching a dozen or so grapes he listens,slightly caught off guard by the mysterious voice,he blinks wide eyed. Then to nobody in particular,"Now why does that not set my nerves at ease?"
Then very quickly in the gnome tounge,"It is good of you to want to defend our people. I have been in the shadow and seen the hordes,their numbers are great. Where we use mechanics and science to defy the laws of nature they do so at will. You must be open to an alliance with the humans. We are not a warlike people. Our cousins the dwarves have taken their side. Some have even defied teh king and attacked the shadow against his direct orders. Whether you believe in this dead dragon god nonsesne or not,the threat oof the demons is greater than you could possibly hope for." The normally good natured gnome's voice is cracking like a whip,"I may be young,but I do not exaggerate. I fight for joy and happiness,I will not let the shadow take away hope. I have younger siblings and they will see the day when there is no threat of shadow. The gnome armies are there,but do you think they really stand a chance if the combined forces of the humans elves and dwarves manage to fail?" The look on his face and his tone of voice are at odd with eachother You and I will speak of this later."The last is not a request.
He then takes out his lyre and begins to play an ancient gnomish drinking song,(Perform 25)"Enough,there is much to be thankful for,we have beautiful women," looking at Fern and Kashmari," good food and good company. Yes there are serious matters to discuss,and we shall discuss them." casting a look at the overseer,"but isn't it better to address grave matters with a light heart. I thought you would all see it my way. Playing a couple songs and telling a few jokes to cut the tension.(Perform 23)
When it is clear that teh mood has changed for the better,he will stop playing and listen taking notes of names and other important details.
Sir Henri Wednesday August 4th, 2004 1:16:33 PM
Henri put's a smile on his face, "Karhmarie! I almost forgot the Light Shadow, I still have his Suhikito's special Sword. Do you think It would help if I take it along for the meeting?? Also Speaking of drows, Sorry Eiras. I wonder what they want down there? I Do have a funny feeling and I don't mean Ha Has!"
Hart Wednesday August 4th, 2004 2:38:13 PM
OOC: Will post later today or early tomorrow. Sorry. Have RL stuff I need to attend to.
Tyal Wednesday August 4th, 2004 3:48:46 PM
Tyal takes a seat as the meeting is brought to order. He ignores most of what is going on in the room as he has no real interest in any of it. He does take note of the comments of drow and the like...he can hear the sound of coin and some fun in that talk.
He nods to Namfoodle as he gives him a smile. Yes he would like a little more information and in his line of business it would do well to have all of it.
The sudden booming voice does not disturb him much as he listens with rapt attention to all the little details. Some of what is being said is true that is for sure. Inana herself has said that he is not always the pawn but often the one moving his own destiny. "So be it, my destiny is set as Inana sees fit. She just allows me to make my moves and do as I wish as long as she is in my battle glories." He shakes his head feeling that at least with the drow he will get a little excitement, coin and see how well they can play together...the group that is.
Marek Isentomb Wednesday August 4th, 2004 4:12:22 PM
In answer to Sir Henri's remark about whether or not it is his place to do so, Marek maintains his fixed gaze, "I am just a soldier, if not you then who?"
Bale speaks and Marek gives him his full attention, spining scenerios in his mind on possible tactics against the ever dangerous dark elves. Underground, close quarters and in the dark is not on his to do list of combat. The interruption of an actual herald speaking quickly brings his thought process back to the discussion at hand. So Sakihito was not an actual Herald of Light
Bale speaks again of descending to face the drow and it seems most of the party is willing to accompany him to face the drow, which is no surprise. Any Mercenaries and adventurers worth their weight in salt would jump at the chance to fight the drow. Marek stows his question temporarily as Namfoodle begins playing.
No doubhting his talent for certain, but his timing is odd. Perhaps it is a gnomish trait, the human thinks.
Namfoodle settles back down, apparent goal accomplished when Marek speaks up, "Priest Bale, while travelling here it was mentioned this fort was being used to stockpile arms and equipment for the coming war with the shadow and no doubht Tiamat. Where is this cache?"
Likely the answer will be in the catacombs, in which case Marek suggests assmbling at the catacomb entrance in 15 minutes, noting those who changed with a casual glance, geared and combat ready.
Aelanthir Wednesday August 4th, 2004 4:39:20 PM
Aelanthir sits back and listens to what the others are saying while making mental notes on what it looks like the group maybe going up against.
Kashmari Wednesday August 4th, 2004 5:54:01 PM
Kashmari finds the "heavenly voice" grating. She doesn't care for what it is saying either; it sounds like another attempt to manipulate them to do what it wants - and it said "trust me". 'Never trust anyone or anything that tells you to trust it; something will always go wrong', Kashmari thinks humorlessly.
Almost before High Priest Bale is finished speaking Kashmari raises. "Pardon me gentlemen; Fern. I am going to change to a more suitable outfit. I had expected this to take far more time than it did."
Before leaving Kashmari will gladly tells Henri what she thinks they should do with Sahikito's sword. "Henri I would certainly take the sword along if we get to meet Karfax. I don't think that we can use it and perhaps the Heralds would like it returned to them."
Kashmari leaves the room, she moves so gracefully that it almost seems that she is gliding rather than walking.
Approximately 10 to 13 minutes later she tracks down the rest of the party somewhere between the council room and the catacomb enterance. She has a young acolyte in tow as a guide. Kashmari is kitted up and ready to descend to the depths of the catacombs.
Fern Wednesday August 4th, 2004 10:05:19 PM
Fern goes and changes with Kashmarie. She makes sure everything is packed in her magical bag or where she can reach them easily and is ready to go. She heads to the catacombs to meet the rest of the group.
ooc: when i was gone i know we got some items and money (and maybe xp) what was fern's share?
Hart, Spirit and Loran Thursday August 5th, 2004 3:43:39 AM
Active Spells: Wood Wose (6 Hours, rod used) Prepared Spells~ Orisons: Detect Magic, Create Water x2, Mending First Level: Long Strider, Pass without Trace, Entangle Second Level: Easy Trail, Flaming Sphere Rod: 1/3 used Pearl 1: Unused Pearl 2: Unused
"There ees alot of talking. Are we going now!!??"
Spirit puts his tiny handsd on his hips as he jumps into the fey's hood again.
With the slight jolt from the wood Spirit, Loran opens his eyes and peers around. Master are we going. He thinks to the druid. Hart shrugs at the owl.
Sir Henri Thursday August 5th, 2004 7:53:43 AM
"If you'll excuse me, I must change into my armor." The Paladin gets to his feet, head for his cubicle and changes into his armor, weapons, shield and he will bring the Suhikito's Sword (witch he will stick on his back, under his Shield. (Ofcorse the handle will stick out to be seen).
He rejoins the rest of his friends, "I'm ready to go!" as he passes Marek chair, henri whispers in his ear,"Your Not just a soldier, your one of us. A Chosen! My friend!"
As Henri passes Karhmarie's chair, he thanks her "Thank-you My Sweet! (kisses her hand at this point) I would have forgotten Suhikito's Sword, if you have not reminded me. My you do look beautiful" (and he really means it to).
Mykell Zweihand Thursday August 5th, 2004 10:58:36 AM
(OOC: Sorry for no DM post yesterday, we had a stupid storm here during the time I planned to make my post. I will make it alittle later today. Loretta, if you look back in the archives you will find the treasure, exp, etc. For now though here you go. 1,036 gold pieces, 60 silver pieces, 9 copper pieces, 4,232 experience points. The rest of the treasure you need to speak over with the group IC would be best and see what was taken and what wasn't. Infact would anyone in the game like to be a record keeper of treasure and it's split? this would also include if the group decides to make a group treasure.)
Mykell looks to everyone and shrugs as he checks his weapons, he had came to the meeting armed and armored just incase they ran into problems, guesses it's just his mercenary way.
Mykell does look to the others and shrugs, "Let us help them as long as they are willing to pay. I have to admit I do not mind meeting Karfax and unlike others I do not really mind being called a hero or chosen.....just means I can charge more money for my services if they want a "chosen" or "hero" to help them." Mykell shrugs once more, reminded that just because your suppose to be a hero or a chosen doesn't mean you have to work for free and in his case quite the turn around.
ooc: Aelanthir Thursday August 5th, 2004 3:24:44 PM
Justin, I will go throught the archives and keep track of the treasue (splitting up and tracking group items) and xp.
Dominic
Marek Isentomb Thursday August 5th, 2004 5:38:56 PM
Marek can't help but chuckle at Mykell's last few comments about charging more for 'Chosen' and 'Hero' help. He too is fully armed and prepared already and moves with Mykell to wait at the catacombs entrance.
As final preperation, Marek takes 2 torches from his pack and slides one into his belt in front on the left and one into his belt to his right rear. That accomplished, he looses his spiked chain from its holding straps.
Fern Thursday August 5th, 2004 8:05:16 PM
Seeing Marek take out his torchs Fern blushes and pulls out her magical torch and slides it into her belt.
LOG ON